Add support for Andes NDS32:
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b40bf0a2 2@c Copyright 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b40bf0a2 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b40bf0a2 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 251 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 252@end ifset
625e1353
RH
253@ifset ALPHA
254
255@emph{Target Alpha options:}
256 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
257 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 258 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
259 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
260 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
261@end ifset
252b5132 262@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
263
264@emph{Target ARC options:}
265 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
266 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
267@end ifset
268@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 271@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
272 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
273 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
274 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
275 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 276 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 277 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
279 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
280 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 281 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 282@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
283@ifset Blackfin
284
285@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
286 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
287 [@b{-mfdpic}]
288 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
289 [@b{-mnopic}]
290@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
291@ifset CRIS
292
293@emph{Target CRIS options:}
294 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
295 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
296 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 297 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
298@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
299@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
300@end ifset
252b5132 301@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
302
303@emph{Target D10V options:}
304 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
305@end ifset
306@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D30V options:}
309 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 310@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
311@ifset EPIPHANY
312
313@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
314 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
315@end ifset
252b5132 316@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
317
318@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
319 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset HPPA
322@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
323@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
324@ifset I80386
325
326@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 327 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 328 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
331
332@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 333@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
334 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
335 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
336 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
402 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 403 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 404 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5 405 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 406 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 407 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 409 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 410 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 411 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 412 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 413 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 414 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 415 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
ef2e4d86 416 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 417 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 418 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 419 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 420 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
421 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
422 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 423 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 424 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
425@end ifset
426@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
427
428@emph{Target MMIX options:}
429 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
430 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
431 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 432 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 433@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
434@ifset NIOSII
435
436@emph{Target Nios II options:}
437 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
438 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
439@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
440@ifset NDS32
441
442@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
443 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
444 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
445 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
446 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
447 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
448 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
449 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
450 [@b{-mb2bb}]
451@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
452@ifset PDP11
453
454@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
455 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
456 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 457 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
458@end ifset
459@ifset PJ
460
461@emph{Target picoJava options:}
462 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
463@end ifset
464@ifset PPC
465
466@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
467 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
468 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
469 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 470 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 471 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
472 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
473 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 474 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
475 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
476 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 477 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 478 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 479@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
480@ifset RX
481
482@emph{Target RX options:}
483 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 484 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
485 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
486 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
487 [@b{-mpid}]
488 [@b{-mrelax}]
489 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
490 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 491@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
492@ifset S390
493
494@emph{Target s390 options:}
495 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
496 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
497 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
498@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
499@ifset SCORE
500
501@emph{Target SCORE options:}
502 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
503 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
504 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
505 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
506@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
507@ifset SPARC
508
509@emph{Target SPARC options:}
510@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
511 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
512 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
513 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
514 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
515@end ifset
516@ifset TIC54X
517
518@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 519 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
520 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
521@end ifset
3c9b82ba 522
40b36596
JM
523@ifset TIC6X
524
525@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
526 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
527 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
528 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 529@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
530@ifset TILEGX
531
532@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 533 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
534@end ifset
535@ifset TILEPRO
536@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
537@end ifset
40b36596 538
2d8b84ae
SA
539@ifset XTENSA
540
541@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
542 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
543 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
544 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
545 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
546@end ifset
547
3c9b82ba
NC
548@ifset Z80
549
550@emph{Target Z80 options:}
551 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
552 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
553 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
554 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
555 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
556 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
557 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
558@end ifset
559
a4fb0134
SC
560@ifset Z8000
561@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 562@end ifset
e0001a05 563
0285c67d 564@c man end
252b5132
RH
565@end smallexample
566
0285c67d
NC
567@c man begin OPTIONS
568
a4fb0134 569@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 570@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 571
83f10cb2 572@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
573Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
574
a4fb0134 575@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
576@item -ac
577omit false conditionals
578
579@item -ad
580omit debugging directives
581
83f10cb2
NC
582@item -ag
583include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
584
252b5132
RH
585@item -ah
586include high-level source
587
588@item -al
589include assembly
590
591@item -am
592include macro expansions
593
594@item -an
595omit forms processing
596
597@item -as
598include symbols
599
600@item =file
601set the name of the listing file
602@end table
603
604You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
605listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
606the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
607
caa32fe5 608@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
609Begin in alternate macro mode.
610@ifclear man
611@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
612@end ifclear
caa32fe5 613
955974c6
CC
614@item --compress-debug-sections
615Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
616to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
617compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
618
619@item --nocompress-debug-sections
620Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
621
252b5132
RH
622@item -D
623Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
624other assemblers.
625
3d6b762c
JM
626@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
627When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
628information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
629
252b5132
RH
630@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
631Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
632@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
633indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
634value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
635use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
636
637@item -f
638``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
639compiler output).
640
329e276d
NC
641@item -g
642@itemx --gen-debug
643Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
644debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
645ECOFF or DWARF2.
646
252b5132
RH
647@item --gstabs
648Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
649may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
650
05da4302
NC
651@item --gstabs+
652Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
653extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
654debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
655may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
656the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
657
329e276d 658@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 659Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 660may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 661option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 662
b40bf0a2
NC
663@item --gdwarf-sections
664Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
665.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
666corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
667will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
668@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
669then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
670suffix.
671
21be61f5
L
672@item --size-check=error
673@itemx --size-check=warning
674Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
675
252b5132
RH
676@item --help
677Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
678
ea20a7da
CC
679@item --target-help
680Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
681
252b5132
RH
682@item -I @var{dir}
683Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
684
685@item -J
686Don't warn about signed overflow.
687
688@item -K
689@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
690This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
691@end ifclear
692@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
693Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
694@end ifset
695
696@item -L
697@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
698Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
699system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
700or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
701@ifclear man
702@xref{Symbol Names}.
703@end ifclear
252b5132 704
c3a27914
NC
705@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
706Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
707listing to @var{number}.
708
709@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
710Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
711lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
712
713@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
714Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
715@var{number} bytes.
716
717@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
718Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
719to @var{number} + 1.
720
252b5132 721@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 722Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
723
724@item -R
725Fold the data section into the text section.
726
4bdd3565
NC
727@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
728Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
729@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
730assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
731memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
732requirements at the expense of speed.
733
734@item --reduce-memory-overheads
735This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
736assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
737@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
738
252b5132
RH
739@item --statistics
740Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
741assembly.
742
743@item --strip-local-absolute
744Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
745
746@item -v
747@itemx -version
a4fb0134 748Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
749
750@item --version
a4fb0134 751Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
752
753@item -W
2bdd6cf5 754@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
755Suppress warning messages.
756
2bdd6cf5
GK
757@item --fatal-warnings
758Treat warnings as errors.
759
760@item --warn
761Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
762
252b5132
RH
763@item -w
764Ignored.
765
766@item -x
767Ignored.
768
769@item -Z
770Generate an object file even after errors.
771
772@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
773Standard input, or source files to assemble.
774
775@end table
2a633939
JM
776@c man end
777
a06ea964
NC
778@ifset AARCH64
779
780@ifclear man
781@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
782for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
783@end ifclear
784
785@ifset man
786@c man begin OPTIONS
787The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
78864-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
789@c man end
790@c man begin INCLUDE
791@include c-aarch64.texi
792@c ended inside the included file
793@end ifset
794
795@end ifset
796
2a633939
JM
797@ifset ALPHA
798
799@ifclear man
800@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
801for an Alpha processor.
802@end ifclear
803
804@ifset man
805@c man begin OPTIONS
806The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
807processor.
808@c man end
809@c man begin INCLUDE
810@include c-alpha.texi
811@c ended inside the included file
812@end ifset
813
814@end ifset
252b5132 815
2a633939 816@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
817@ifset ARC
818The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
819an ARC processor.
820
a4fb0134 821@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
822@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
823This option selects the core processor variant.
824@item -EB | -EL
825Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
826@end table
827@end ifset
828
829@ifset ARM
830The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
831processor family.
832
a4fb0134 833@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 834@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 835Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 836@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 837Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 838@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 839Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
840@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
841Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
842@item -mthumb
843Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 844@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
845Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
846@item -EB | -EL
847Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
848@item -mthumb-interwork
849Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
850ARM code in mind.
851@item -k
852Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
853@end table
854@end ifset
635fb38d 855@c man end
252b5132 856
9982501a 857@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
858
859@ifclear man
860@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
861configured for the Blackfin processor family.
862@end ifclear
863
864@ifset man
865@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
866The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
867the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
868@c man end
869@c man begin INCLUDE
870@include c-bfin.texi
871@c ended inside the included file
872@end ifset
9982501a 873
9982501a
JZ
874@end ifset
875
635fb38d 876@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
877@ifset CRIS
878See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
879@end ifset
880
252b5132
RH
881@ifset D10V
882The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
883a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 884@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
885@cindex D10V optimization
886@cindex optimization, D10V
887@item -O
888Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
889@end table
890@end ifset
891
892@ifset D30V
893The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
894processor.
a4fb0134 895@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
896@cindex D30V optimization
897@cindex optimization, D30V
898@item -O
899Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
900
901@cindex D30V nops
902@item -n
903Warn when nops are generated.
904
905@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
906@item -N
907Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
908@end table
909@end ifset
731caf76
L
910@c man end
911
cfb8c092
NC
912@ifset EPIPHANY
913The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
914Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
915
56b13185
JR
916@ifclear man
917@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
918configured for an Epiphany processor.
919@end ifclear
cfb8c092 920
56b13185
JR
921@ifset man
922@c man begin OPTIONS
923The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
924an Epiphany processor.
925@c man end
926@c man begin INCLUDE
927@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
928@c ended inside the included file
929@end ifset
930
931@end ifset
932
933@ifset H8300
934
935@ifclear man
936@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
937for an H8/300 processor.
938@end ifclear
939
940@ifset man
941@c man begin OPTIONS
942The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
943processor.
944@c man end
945@c man begin INCLUDE
946@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
947@c ended inside the included file
948@end ifset
cfb8c092 949
cfb8c092
NC
950@end ifset
951
731caf76 952@ifset I80386
252b5132 953
731caf76
L
954@ifclear man
955@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
956configured for an i386 processor.
957@end ifclear
958
959@ifset man
960@c man begin OPTIONS
961The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
962an i386 processor.
963@c man end
964@c man begin INCLUDE
965@include c-i386.texi
966@c ended inside the included file
967@end ifset
968
969@end ifset
970
971@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
972@ifset I960
973The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
974Intel 80960 processor.
975
a4fb0134 976@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
977@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
978Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
979
980@item -b
981Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
982
983@item -no-relax
984Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
985error if necessary.
986
987@end table
988@end ifset
989
a40cbfa3
NC
990@ifset IP2K
991The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 992Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
993
994@table @gcctabopt
995
996@item -mip2022ext
997Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
998
999@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1000Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1001just the basic IP2022 ones.
1002
1003@end table
1004@end ifset
1005
49f58d10
JB
1006@ifset M32C
1007The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1008Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1009
1010@table @gcctabopt
1011
1012@item -m32c
1013Assemble M32C instructions.
1014
1015@item -m16c
1016Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1017
c54b5932
DD
1018@item -relax
1019Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1020
1021@item -h-tick-hex
1022Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1023
49f58d10
JB
1024@end table
1025@end ifset
1026
ec694b89
NC
1027@ifset M32R
1028The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1029Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1030
a4fb0134 1031@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1032
1033@item --m32rx
1034Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1035is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1036
1037@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1038Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1039encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1040
1041@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1042Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1043encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1044
1045@end table
1046@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1047
1048@ifset M680X0
1049The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1050Motorola 68000 series.
1051
a4fb0134 1052@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1053
1054@item -l
1055Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1056
0285c67d
NC
1057@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1058@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1059@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1060Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1061is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1062
1063@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1064The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1065The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1066the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1067two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1068coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1069
1070@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1071The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1072unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1073
1074@end table
1075@end ifset
1076
36591ba1
SL
1077@ifset NIOSII
1078
1079@ifclear man
1080@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1081for an Altera Nios II processor.
1082@end ifclear
1083
1084@ifset man
1085@c man begin OPTIONS
1086The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1087Altera Nios II processor.
1088@c man end
1089@c man begin INCLUDE
1090@include c-nios2.texi
1091@c ended inside the included file
1092@end ifset
1093@end ifset
1094
e135f41b
NC
1095@ifset PDP11
1096
1097For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1098see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1099
a4fb0134 1100@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1101@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1102Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1103default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1104
1105@item -mall
1106@itemx -mall-extensions
1107Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1108
1109@item -mno-extensions
1110Disable all instruction set extensions.
1111
1112@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1113Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1114
1115@item -m@var{cpu}
1116Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1117disable all other extensions.
1118
1119@item -m@var{machine}
1120Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1121model, and disable all other extensions.
1122@end table
1123
1124@end ifset
1125
041dd5a9
ILT
1126@ifset PJ
1127The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1128a picoJava processor.
1129
a4fb0134 1130@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1131
1132@cindex PJ endianness
1133@cindex endianness, PJ
1134@cindex big endian output, PJ
1135@item -mb
1136Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1137
1138@cindex little endian output, PJ
1139@item -ml
1140Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1141
1142@end table
1143@end ifset
1144
60bcf0fa
NC
1145@ifset M68HC11
1146The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1147Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1148
a4fb0134 1149@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1150
6927f982 1151@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1152Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1153defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1154
6927f982
NC
1155@item --xgate-ramoffset
1156Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1157XGATE address space.
1158
2f904664
SC
1159@item -mshort
1160Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1161
1162@item -mlong
01642c12 1163Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1164
1165@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1166Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1167
1168@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1169Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1170
1370e33d 1171@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1172Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1173conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1174sub routine.
1175
1370e33d
NC
1176@item -S | --short-branches
1177Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1178when the offset is out of range.
1179
1180@item --strict-direct-mode
1181Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1182when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1183
1184@item --print-insn-syntax
1185Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1186
1187@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1188Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1189
1190@item --generate-example
6927f982 1191Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1192This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1193
1194@end table
1195@end ifset
1196
252b5132 1197@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1198The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1199for the SPARC architecture:
1200
a4fb0134 1201@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1202@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1203@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1204Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1205
1206@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1207@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1208
1209@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1210UltraSPARC extensions.
1211
1212@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1213For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1214equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1215
1216@item -bump
1217Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1218@end table
1219@end ifset
1220
39bec121
TW
1221@ifset TIC54X
1222The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1223architecture.
39bec121 1224
a4fb0134 1225@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1226@item -mfar-mode
1227Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1228extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1229@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1230Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1231@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1232Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1233behaviour in the shell.
1234@end table
1235@end ifset
1236
252b5132
RH
1237@ifset MIPS
1238The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1239a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1240
a4fb0134 1241@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1242@item -G @var{num}
1243This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1244implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1245use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1246
1247@cindex MIPS endianness
1248@cindex endianness, MIPS
1249@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1250@item -EB
1251Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1252
1253@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1254@item -EL
1255Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1256
1257@cindex MIPS ISA
1258@item -mips1
1259@itemx -mips2
1260@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1261@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1262@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1263@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1264@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1265@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1266@itemx -mips64r2
98508b2a 1267Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1268@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1269alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1270@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13 1271@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
81566a9b
MR
1272@samp{-mips64r2} correspond to generic MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2,
1273MIPS64, and MIPS64 Release 2 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1274
98508b2a
RS
1275@item -march=@var{cpu}
1276Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1277
1278@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1279Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1280
1281@item -mfix7000
1282@itemx -mno-fix7000
1283Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1284of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1285
a8d14a88
CM
1286@item -mfix-rm7000
1287@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1288Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1289followed by a load instruction.
1290
ecb4347a
DJ
1291@item -mdebug
1292@itemx -no-mdebug
1293Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1294section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1295
dcd410fe
RO
1296@item -mpdr
1297@itemx -mno-pdr
1298Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1299
437ee9d5
TS
1300@item -mgp32
1301@itemx -mfp32
1302The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1303flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1304all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1305and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1306
1307@item -mips16
1308@itemx -no-mips16
1309Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1310@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1311turns off this option.
252b5132 1312
df58fc94
RS
1313@item -mmicromips
1314@itemx -mno-micromips
1315Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1316@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1317turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1318at the start of the assembly file.
1319
e16bfa71
TS
1320@item -msmartmips
1321@itemx -mno-smartmips
1322Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1323equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1324@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1325
1f25f5d3
CD
1326@item -mips3d
1327@itemx -no-mips3d
1328Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1329This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1330@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1331
deec1734
CD
1332@item -mdmx
1333@itemx -no-mdmx
1334Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1335This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1336@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1337
2ef2b9ae
CF
1338@item -mdsp
1339@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1340Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1341This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1342@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1343
8b082fb1
TS
1344@item -mdspr2
1345@itemx -mno-dspr2
1346Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1347This option implies -mdsp.
1348This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1349@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1350
56d438b1
CF
1351@item -mmsa
1352@itemx -mno-msa
1353Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1354This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1355@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1356
ef2e4d86
CF
1357@item -mmt
1358@itemx -mno-mt
1359Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1360This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1361@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1362
dec0624d
MR
1363@item -mmcu
1364@itemx -mno-mcu
1365Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1366This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1367@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1368
833794fc
MR
1369@item -minsn32
1370@itemx -mno-insn32
1371Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1372microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1373instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1374the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1375option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1376start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1377selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1378
437ee9d5
TS
1379@item --construct-floats
1380@itemx --no-construct-floats
1381The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1382double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1383value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1384the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1385selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1386
3bf0dbfb
MR
1387@item --relax-branch
1388@itemx --no-relax-branch
1389The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1390branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1391out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1392
ba92f887
MR
1393@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1394Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1395(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1396
252b5132
RH
1397@cindex emulation
1398@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1399This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1400on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1401removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1402It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1403
1404The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1405@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1406is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1407big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1408preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1409
1410@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1411@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1412the native tools.
1413
252b5132
RH
1414@item --trap
1415@itemx --no-trap
1416@itemx --break
1417@itemx --no-break
1418Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1419@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1420(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1421@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1422break exception.
63486801
L
1423
1424@item -n
a4fb0134 1425When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1426time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1427@end table
1428@end ifset
1429
1430@ifset MCORE
1431The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1432an MCore processor.
1433
a4fb0134 1434@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1435@item -jsri2bsr
1436@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1437Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1438The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1439
1440@item -sifilter
1441@itemx -nosifilter
1442Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1443The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1444
1445@item -relax
1446Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1447
ec694b89
NC
1448@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1449Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1450can be assembled.
1451
1452@item -EB
1453Assemble for a big endian target.
1454
1455@item -EL
1456Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1457
1458@end table
1459@end ifset
a3c62988 1460@c man end
252b5132 1461
a3c62988
NC
1462@ifset METAG
1463
1464@ifclear man
1465@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1466for a Meta processor.
1467@end ifclear
1468
1469@ifset man
1470@c man begin OPTIONS
1471The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1472Meta processor.
1473@c man end
1474@c man begin INCLUDE
1475@include c-metag.texi
1476@c ended inside the included file
1477@end ifset
1478
1479@end ifset
1480
1481@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1482@ifset MMIX
1483See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1484@end ifset
1485
35c08157
KLC
1486@ifset NDS32
1487
1488@ifclear man
1489@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1490for a NDS32 processor.
1491@end ifclear
1492@c ended inside the included file
1493@end ifset
1494
1495@ifset man
1496@c man begin OPTIONS
1497The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1498NDS32 processor.
1499@c man end
1500@c man begin INCLUDE
1501@include c-nds32.texi
1502@c ended inside the included file
1503@end ifset
1504
635fb38d 1505@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1506@ifset PPC
1507
1508@ifclear man
1509@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1510for a PowerPC processor.
1511@end ifclear
1512
1513@ifset man
1514@c man begin OPTIONS
1515The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1516PowerPC processor.
1517@c man end
1518@c man begin INCLUDE
1519@include c-ppc.texi
1520@c ended inside the included file
1521@end ifset
1522
1523@end ifset
1524
635fb38d 1525@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1526@ifset RX
1527See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1528@end ifset
1529
11c19e16
MS
1530@ifset S390
1531The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1532processor family.
1533
1534@table @gcctabopt
1535@item -m31
1536@itemx -m64
1537Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1538@item -mesa
1539@item -mzarch
1540Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1541Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1542@item -march=@var{processor}
1543Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1544@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1545@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1546@item -mregnames
1547@itemx -mno-regnames
1548Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1549@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1550Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1551but evaluates to zero.
1552@end table
1553@end ifset
2a633939 1554@c man end
11c19e16 1555
40b36596 1556@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1557
1558@ifclear man
1559@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1560for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1561@end ifclear
1562
1563@ifset man
1564@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1565The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1566TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1567@c man end
1568@c man begin INCLUDE
1569@include c-tic6x.texi
1570@c ended inside the included file
1571@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1572
1573@end ifset
1574
aa137e4d
NC
1575@ifset TILEGX
1576
1577@ifclear man
1578@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1579for a TILE-Gx processor.
1580@end ifclear
1581
1582@ifset man
1583@c man begin OPTIONS
1584The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1585processor.
1586@c man end
1587@c man begin INCLUDE
1588@include c-tilegx.texi
1589@c ended inside the included file
1590@end ifset
1591
1592@end ifset
1593
e0001a05 1594@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1595
2d8b84ae
SA
1596@ifclear man
1597@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1598for an Xtensa processor.
1599@end ifclear
1600
1601@ifset man
1602@c man begin OPTIONS
1603The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1604Xtensa processor.
1605@c man end
1606@c man begin INCLUDE
1607@include c-xtensa.texi
1608@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1609@end ifset
1610
2d8b84ae
SA
1611@end ifset
1612
1613@c man begin OPTIONS
1614
3c9b82ba
NC
1615@ifset Z80
1616The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1617a Z80 family processor.
1618@table @gcctabopt
1619@item -z80
1620Assemble for Z80 processor.
1621@item -r800
1622Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1623@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1624@itemx -Wnud
1625Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1626@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1627@itemx -Wnup
1628Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1629@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1630@itemx -Wud
1631Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1632@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1633@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1634Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1635@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1636@itemx -Fud
1637Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1638@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1639@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1640Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1641@end table
1642@end ifset
1643
0285c67d
NC
1644@c man end
1645
252b5132
RH
1646@menu
1647* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1648* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1649* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1650* Command Line:: Command Line
1651* Input Files:: Input Files
1652* Object:: Output (Object) File
1653* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1654@end menu
1655
1656@node Manual
1657@section Structure of this Manual
1658
1659@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1660This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1661@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1662notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1663@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1664
1665@ifclear GENERIC
1666We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1667configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1668@end ifclear
1669@ifset GENERIC
1670This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1671various flavors of the assembler.
1672@end ifset
1673
1674@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1675On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1676to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1677In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1678architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1679mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1680particular architecture.
1681@ifset GENERIC
1682You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1683machine architecture manual for this information.
1684@end ifset
1685@ifclear GENERIC
1686@ifset H8/300
1687For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1688Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1689Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1690@end ifset
252b5132 1691@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1692For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1693see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1694@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1695@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1696@end ifset
1697@ifset Z8000
1698For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1699@end ifset
1700@end ifclear
1701
1702@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1703@ignore
1704Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1705the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1706Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1707computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1708once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1709qualification.
1710
a4fb0134 1711@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1712human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1713computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1714@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1715@end ignore
1716
1717@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1718@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1719@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1720@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1721@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1722@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1723@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1724@c directives).
1725
1726@node GNU Assembler
1727@section The GNU Assembler
1728
0285c67d
NC
1729@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1730
a4fb0134 1731@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1732@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1733This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1734configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1735@end ifclear
1736If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1737should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1738architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1739including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1740@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1741
1742@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1743@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1744@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1745@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1746assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1747machine would assemble.
1748@ifset VAX
1749Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1750@end ifset
1751@ifset M680X0
1752@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1753@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1754This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1755assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1756incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1757@end ifset
1758
0285c67d
NC
1759@c man end
1760
a4fb0134 1761Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1762program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1763@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1764
1765@node Object Formats
1766@section Object File Formats
1767
1768@cindex object file format
1769The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1770object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1771write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1772are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1773Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1774@ifclear GENERIC
1775@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1776For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1777@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1778@end ifclear
1779@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1780@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1781On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1782@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1783@end ifset
1784@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1785On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1786SOM or ELF format object files.
1787@end ifset
1788@end ifclear
1789
1790@node Command Line
1791@section Command Line
1792
1793@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1794
a4fb0134 1795After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1796options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1797before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1798significant.
1799
1800@cindex standard input, as input file
1801@kindex --
1802@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1803explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1804
1805@cindex options, command line
1806Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1807hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1808@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1809option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1810the letter is important. All options are optional.
1811
1812Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1813name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1814with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1815standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1816
1817@smallexample
1818@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1819@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1820@end smallexample
1821
1822@node Input Files
1823@section Input Files
1824
1825@cindex input
1826@cindex source program
1827@cindex files, input
1828We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1829describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1830be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1831doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1832
1833@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1834@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1835The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1836order specified.
1837
0285c67d 1838@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1839Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1840program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1841(The standard input is also a file.)
1842
a4fb0134 1843You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1844names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1845command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1846is taken to be an input file name.
1847
a4fb0134
SC
1848If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1849from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1850may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1851to assemble.
1852
1853Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1854in your command line.
1855
a4fb0134 1856If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1857file.
1858
0285c67d
NC
1859@c man end
1860
252b5132
RH
1861@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1862
1863@cindex input file linenumbers
1864@cindex line numbers, in input files
1865There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1866either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1867number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1868``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1869
1870@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1871to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1872
1873@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1874directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1875error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1876is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1877@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1878@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1879
1880@node Object
1881@section Output (Object) File
1882
1883@cindex object file
1884@cindex output file
1885@kindex a.out
1886@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1887Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1888your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1889is the object file. Its default name is
1890@ifclear BOUT
1891@code{a.out}.
1892@end ifclear
1893@ifset BOUT
1894@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1895@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1896@end ifset
a4fb0134 1897@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1898@end ifset
a4fb0134 1899You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1900object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1901reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1902directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1903possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1904
1905@cindex linker
1906@kindex ld
1907The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1908assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1909the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1910information for the debugger.
1911
1912@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1913@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1914
1915@node Errors
1916@section Error and Warning Messages
1917
0285c67d
NC
1918@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1919
a349d9dd 1920@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1921@cindex warning messages
1922@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1923@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1924file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1925runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1926that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1927grave problem that stops the assembly.
1928
0285c67d
NC
1929@c man end
1930
252b5132
RH
1931@cindex format of warning messages
1932Warning messages have the format
1933
1934@smallexample
1935file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1936@end smallexample
1937
1938@noindent
1939@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1940(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1941(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1942the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1943@ifset GENERIC
1944(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1945@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1946then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1947otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1948message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1949tradition).
1950
1951@cindex format of error messages
1952Error messages have the format
1953@smallexample
1954file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1955@end smallexample
1956The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1957messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1958because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1959
1960@node Invoking
1961@chapter Command-Line Options
1962
1963@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1964This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1965versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1966for options specific
252b5132 1967@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1968to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1969@end ifclear
1970@ifset GENERIC
1971to particular machine architectures.
1972@end ifset
1973
0285c67d
NC
1974@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1975
c1253627 1976If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1977you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1978The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1979by commas. For example:
1980
1981@smallexample
1982gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1983@end smallexample
1984
1985@noindent
1986This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1987standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1988local symbols in the symbol table).
1989
1990Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1991command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1992(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1993precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1994assembler.)
1995
0285c67d
NC
1996@c man end
1997
252b5132 1998@menu
83f10cb2 1999* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2000* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2001* D:: -D for compatibility
2002* f:: -f to work faster
2003* I:: -I for .include search path
2004@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2005* K:: -K for compatibility
2006@end ifclear
2007@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2008* K:: -K for difference tables
2009@end ifset
2010
ba83aca1 2011* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2012* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2013* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2014* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2015* o:: -o to name the object file
2016* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2017* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2018* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2019* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2020* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2021* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2022@end menu
2023
2024@node a
83f10cb2 2025@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2026
2027@kindex -a
2028@kindex -ac
2029@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2030@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2031@kindex -ah
2032@kindex -al
2033@kindex -an
2034@kindex -as
2035@cindex listings, enabling
2036@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2037
2038These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2039@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2040You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2041@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2042@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2043@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2044High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2045@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2046also.
2047
83f10cb2
NC
2048Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2049information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2050
252b5132
RH
2051Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2052which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2053other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2054omitted from the listing.
2055
2056Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2057listing.
2058
2059Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2060listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2061@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2062@code{.sbttl}.
2063The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2064If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2065listing-control directives have no effect.
2066
2067The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2068@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2069
96e9638b
BW
2070Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2071because it
c3a27914
NC
2072is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2073is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2074directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2075stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2076memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2077
caa32fe5
NC
2078@node alternate
2079@section @option{--alternate}
2080
2081@kindex --alternate
2082Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2083
252b5132 2084@node D
a4fb0134 2085@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2086
2087@kindex -D
2088This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2089likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2090@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2091
2092@node f
a4fb0134 2093@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2094
2095@kindex -f
2096@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2097@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2098@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2099(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2100and comment preprocessing on
2101the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2102,Preprocessing}.
2103
2104@quotation
2105@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2106preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2107not work correctly.
2108@end quotation
2109
2110@node I
c1253627 2111@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2112
2113@kindex -I @var{path}
2114@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2115@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2116@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2117Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2118@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2119directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2120many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2121working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2122searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2123specified (left to right) on the command line.
2124
2125@node K
a4fb0134 2126@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2127
2128@kindex -K
2129@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2130On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2131permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2132where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2133generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2134family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2135alteration on other platforms.
2136@end ifclear
2137
2138@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2139@cindex difference tables, warning
2140@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2141@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2142form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2143You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2144is done.
2145@end ifset
2146
2147@node L
ba83aca1 2148@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2149
2150@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2151@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2152Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2153@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2154called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2155such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2156programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2157notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2158such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2159
2160This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2161in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2162@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2163
c3a27914 2164@node listing
a4fb0134 2165@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2166
2167The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2168@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2169hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2170them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2171directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2172@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2173@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2174@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2175
a4fb0134 2176@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2177@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2178@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2179@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2180Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2181dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2182
2183@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2184@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2185@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2186Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2187a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2188the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2189switch is used the default is to one.
2190
2191@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2192@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2193@cindex Width of source line output
2194Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2195alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2196source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2197
2198@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2199@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2200@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2201Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2202displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2203@end table
2204
252b5132 2205@node M
a4fb0134 2206@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2207
2208@kindex -M
2209@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2210The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2211changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2212compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2213configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2214MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2215information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2216arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2217assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2218
2219The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2220depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2221file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2222individually. These are:
2223
2224@itemize @bullet
2225@item global symbols in common section
2226
2227The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2228Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2229common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2230symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2231symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2232
2233@item complex relocations
2234
2235The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2236relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2237are not support by other object file formats.
2238
2239@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2240
2241The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2242This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2243instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2244script.
2245
2246@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2247
2248The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2249name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2250
2251@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2252
2253The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2254address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2255which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2256not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2257assigned within a linker script.
2258@end itemize
2259
2260There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2261@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2262seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2263
2264@itemize @bullet
2265
2266@item EBCDIC strings
2267
2268EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2269
2270@item packed binary coded decimal
2271
2272Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2273and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2274
2275@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2276
2277The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2278
2279@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2280
2281The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2282
2283@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2284
2285The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2286@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2287relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2288these options serve no purpose.
2289
2290@item @code{OPT} list control options
2291
2292The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2293@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2294@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2295
2296@item other @code{OPT} options
2297
2298The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2299@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2300
2301@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2302
2303The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2304@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2305
2306@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2307
2308The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2309
2310@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2311
2312The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2313
2314@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2315
2316The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2317
2318@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2319
2320The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2321
2322@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2323
2324The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2325
2326@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2327
2328The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2329
2330@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2331
2332The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2333
2334@end itemize
2335
2336@node MD
c1253627 2337@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2338
2339@kindex --MD
2340@cindex dependency tracking
2341@cindex make rules
2342
a4fb0134 2343@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2344file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2345dependencies of the main source file.
2346
2347The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2348
2349This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2350
2351@node o
a4fb0134 2352@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2353
2354@kindex -o
2355@cindex naming object file
2356@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2357There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2358default it has the name
2359@ifset GENERIC
2360@ifset I960
2361@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2362@end ifset
2363@ifclear I960
2364@file{a.out}.
2365@end ifclear
2366@end ifset
2367@ifclear GENERIC
2368@ifset I960
2369@file{b.out}.
2370@end ifset
2371@ifclear I960
2372@file{a.out}.
2373@end ifclear
2374@end ifclear
2375You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2376object file a different name.
2377
a4fb0134 2378Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2379existing file of the same name.
2380
2381@node R
a4fb0134 2382@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2383
2384@kindex -R
2385@cindex data and text sections, joining
2386@cindex text and data sections, joining
2387@cindex joining text and data sections
2388@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2389@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2390data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2391the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2392section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2393your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2394appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2395
a4fb0134 2396When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2397address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2398data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2399older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2400
c1253627
NC
2401@ifset COFF-ELF
2402When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2403this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2404@samp{.data}.
2405@end ifset
2406
2407@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2408@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2409@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2410@end ifset
2411
2412@node statistics
a4fb0134 2413@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2414
2415@kindex --statistics
2416@cindex statistics, about assembly
2417@cindex time, total for assembly
2418@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2419Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2420@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2421(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2422seconds).
2423
2424@node traditional-format
c1253627 2425@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2426
2427@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2428For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2429from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2430@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2431
2432For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2433@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2434
2435@node v
a4fb0134 2436@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2437
2438@kindex -v
2439@kindex -version
2440@cindex assembler version
2441@cindex version of assembler
2442You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2443option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2444command line.
2445
2446@node W
a4fb0134 2447@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2448
a4fb0134 2449@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2450assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2451cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2452made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2453
c1253627
NC
2454@kindex -W
2455@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2456@cindex suppressing warnings
2457@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2458If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2459This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2460how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2461are still reported.
2462
c1253627 2463@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2464@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2465@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2466If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2467files that generate warnings to be in error.
2468
c1253627 2469@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2470@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2471You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2472causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2473
2474@node Z
a4fb0134 2475@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2476@cindex object file, after errors
2477@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2478After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2479some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2480@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2481option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2482writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2483errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2484
2485@node Syntax
2486@chapter Syntax
2487
2488@cindex machine-independent syntax
2489@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2490This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2491source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2492assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2493@ifclear VAX
2494assembler.
2495@end ifclear
2496@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2497assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2498@end ifset
2499
2500@menu
7c31ae13 2501* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2502* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2503* Comments:: Comments
2504* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2505* Statements:: Statements
2506* Constants:: Constants
2507@end menu
2508
2509@node Preprocessing
2510@section Preprocessing
2511
2512@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2513The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2514@itemize @bullet
2515@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2516@item
2517adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2518the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2519a single space.
2520
2521@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2522@item
2523removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2524appropriate number of newlines.
2525
2526@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2527@item
2528converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2529@end itemize
2530
2531It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2532anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2533do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2534(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2535to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2536@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2537Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2538
2539Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2540cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2541preprocessed.
2542
2543@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2544@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2545@kindex #NO_APP
2546@kindex #APP
2547If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2548@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2549Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2550specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2551text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2552@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2553@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2554and whitespace.
2555
2556@node Whitespace
2557@section Whitespace
2558
2559@cindex whitespace
2560@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2561Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2562people to read. Unless within character constants
2563(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2564as exactly one space.
2565
2566@node Comments
2567@section Comments
2568
2569@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2570There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2571cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2572
2573Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2574This means you may not nest these comments.
2575
2576@smallexample
2577/*
2578 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2579 is to use this sort of comment.
2580*/
2581
2582/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2583@end smallexample
2584
2585@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2586Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2587considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2588specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2589line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2590line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2591comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2592upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2593@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2594
2595If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2596special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2597to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2598
2599@kindex #
2600@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2601@cindex logical line numbers
2602To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2603special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2604expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2605line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2606new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2607
2608If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2609the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2610
2611@smallexample
2612 # This is an ordinary comment.
2613# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2614 # This is logical line # 36.
2615@end smallexample
2616This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2617of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2618
2619@node Symbol Intro
2620@section Symbols
2621
2622@cindex characters used in symbols
2623@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2624A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2625letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2626@samp{_.$}.
2627@end ifclear
2628@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2629@ifclear GENERIC
2630@ifset H8
2631A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2632letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2633@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2634symbol names.)
2635@end ifset
2636@end ifclear
2637@end ifset
2638@ifset GENERIC
2639On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2640are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2641@end ifset
2642No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2643There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2644are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2645beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2646of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2647@cindex length of symbols
2648
2649@node Statements
2650@section Statements
2651
2652@cindex statements, structure of
2653@cindex line separator character
2654@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2655
2656A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2657@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2658specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2659target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2660The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2661preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2662exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2663
2664@cindex newline, required at file end
2665@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2666It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2667character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2668
2669An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2670
2671@cindex instructions and directives
2672@cindex directives and instructions
2673@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2674@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2675@c 13feb91.
2676A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2677key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2678symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2679symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2680directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2681a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2682assembles into a machine language instruction.
2683@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2684Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2685recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2686represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2687language.@refill
2688@end ifset
2689
2690@cindex @code{:} (label)
2691@cindex label (@code{:})
2692A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2693Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2694have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2695
2696@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2697For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2698the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2699only one label may be defined on each line.
2700@end ifset
2701
2702@smallexample
2703label: .directive followed by something
2704another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2705 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2706@end smallexample
2707
2708@node Constants
2709@section Constants
2710
2711@cindex constants
2712A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2713inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2714@smallexample
2715@group
2716.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2717.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2718.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2719.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
272095028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2721@end group
2722@end smallexample
2723
2724@menu
2725* Characters:: Character Constants
2726* Numbers:: Number Constants
2727@end menu
2728
2729@node Characters
2730@subsection Character Constants
2731
2732@cindex character constants
2733@cindex constants, character
2734There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2735for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2736numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2737@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2738used in arithmetic expressions.
2739
2740@menu
2741* Strings:: Strings
2742* Chars:: Characters
2743@end menu
2744
2745@node Strings
2746@subsubsection Strings
2747
2748@cindex string constants
2749@cindex constants, string
2750A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2751double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2752into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2753a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2754one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2755@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2756(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2757escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2758
2759@cindex escape codes, character
2760@cindex character escape codes
2761@table @kbd
2762@c @item \a
2763@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2764@c
2765@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2766@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2767@item \b
2768Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2769
2770@c @item \e
2771@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2772@c
2773@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2774@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2775@item \f
2776Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2777
2778@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2779@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2780@item \n
2781Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2782
2783@c @item \p
2784@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2785@c
2786@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2787@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2788@item \r
2789Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2790
2791@c @item \s
2792@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2793@c other assemblers.
2794@c
2795@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2796@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2797@item \t
2798Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2799
2800@c @item \v
2801@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2802@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2803@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2804@c
2805@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2806@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2807@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2808An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2809For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2810for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2811
2812@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2813@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2814@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2815A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2816lower case @code{x} works.
2817
2818@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2819@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2820@item \\
2821Represents one @samp{\} character.
2822
2823@c @item \'
2824@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2825@c This is needed in single character literals
2826@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2827@c a @samp{'}.
2828@c
2829@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2830@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2831@item \"
2832Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2833this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2834
2835@item \ @var{anything-else}
2836Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2837assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2838you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2839interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2840other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2841code and warns you of the fact.
2842@end table
2843
2844Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2845varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2846the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2847compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2848sequence.
2849
2850@node Chars
2851@subsubsection Characters
2852
2853@cindex single character constant
2854@cindex character, single
2855@cindex constant, single character
2856A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2857followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2858to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2859must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2860@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2861grave accent. A newline
2862@ifclear GENERIC
2863@ifclear abnormal-separator
2864(or semicolon @samp{;})
2865@end ifclear
2866@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2867@ifset H8
2868(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2869Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2870@end ifset
2871@end ifset
2872@end ifclear
2873immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2874and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2875constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2876that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2877@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2878
2879@node Numbers
2880@subsection Number Constants
2881
2882@cindex constants, number
2883@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2884@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2885are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2886would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2887integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2888are floating point numbers, described below.
2889
2890@menu
2891* Integers:: Integers
2892* Bignums:: Bignums
2893* Flonums:: Flonums
2894@ifclear GENERIC
2895@ifset I960
2896* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2897@end ifset
2898@end ifclear
2899@end menu
2900
2901@node Integers
2902@subsubsection Integers
2903@cindex integers
2904@cindex constants, integer
2905
2906@cindex binary integers
2907@cindex integers, binary
2908A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2909the binary digits @samp{01}.
2910
2911@cindex octal integers
2912@cindex integers, octal
2913An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2914digits (@samp{01234567}).
2915
2916@cindex decimal integers
2917@cindex integers, decimal
2918A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2919more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2920
2921@cindex hexadecimal integers
2922@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2923A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2924more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2925
2926Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2927the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2928(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2929
2930@node Bignums
2931@subsubsection Bignums
2932
2933@cindex bignums
2934@cindex constants, bignum
2935A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2936except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2937represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2938integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2939
2940@node Flonums
2941@subsubsection Flonums
2942@cindex flonums
2943@cindex floating point numbers
2944@cindex constants, floating point
2945
2946@cindex precision, floating point
2947A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2948indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2949@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2950sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2951to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2952portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2953
2954A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2955@itemize @bullet
2956@item
2957The digit @samp{0}.
2958@ifset HPPA
2959(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2960@end ifset
2961
2962@item
a4fb0134 2963A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2964@ifset GENERIC
2965@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2966@ignore
2967@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2968(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
29694.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2970@end ignore
2971
7be1c489 2972On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2973and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2974one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2975
2976On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2977(in upper or lower case).
2978
2979On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2980one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2981
2982On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2983@end ifset
2984@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2985@ifset ARC
2986One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2987@end ifset
2988@ifset H8
2989One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2990@end ifset
2991@ifset HPPA
2992The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2993@end ifset
2994@ifset I960
2995One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2996@end ifset
2997@end ifclear
2998
2999@item
3000An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3001
3002@item
3003An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3004
3005@item
3006An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3007or more decimal digits.
3008
3009@item
3010An optional exponent, consisting of:
3011
3012@itemize @bullet
3013@item
3014An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3015@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3016@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3017@item
3018Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3019@item
3020One or more decimal digits.
3021@end itemize
3022
3023@end itemize
3024
3025At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3026present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3027
a4fb0134 3028@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3029independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3030@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3031
3032@ifclear GENERIC
3033@ifset I960
3034@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3035@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3036@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3037@node Bit Fields
3038@subsubsection Bit Fields
3039
3040@cindex bit fields
3041@cindex constants, bit field
3042You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3043Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3044@example
3045@var{mask}:@var{value}
3046@end example
3047@noindent
a4fb0134 3048@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3049@var{value}.
3050
3051The resulting number is then packed
3052@ifset GENERIC
3053@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3054(in host-dependent byte order)
3055@end ifset
3056into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3057bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3058requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3059more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3060least significant digits.@refill
3061
3062The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3063@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3064@end ifset
3065@end ifclear
3066
3067@node Sections
3068@chapter Sections and Relocation
3069@cindex sections
3070@cindex relocation
3071
3072@menu
3073* Secs Background:: Background
3074* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3075* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3076* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3077* bss:: bss Section
3078@end menu
3079
3080@node Secs Background
3081@section Background
3082
3083Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3084``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3085For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3086
3087@cindex linker, and assembler
3088@cindex assembler, and linker
3089The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3090combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3091emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3092@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3093different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3094oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3095sections.
3096
3097@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3098addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3099units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3100within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3101run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3102the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3103the proper run-time addresses.
3104@ifset H8
7be1c489 3105For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3106@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3107ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3108@end ifset
3109
3110@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3111An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3112of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3113@dfn{bss} sections.
3114
c1253627 3115@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3116@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3117When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3118@end ifset
a4fb0134 3119@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3120using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3121If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3122or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3123@end ifset
3124
3125@ifset HPPA
3126@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3127When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3128@end ifset
a4fb0134 3129@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3130specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3131@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3132(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3133assembler directives.
3134
3135@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3136Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3137text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3138is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3139BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3140@end ifset
3141@end ifset
3142
3143Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3144data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3145
3146@ifset HPPA
3147When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3148section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3149@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3150@end ifset
3151
3152To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3153relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3154object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3155@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3156file is mentioned:
3157@itemize @bullet
3158@item
3159Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3160an address?
3161@item
3162How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3163@item
3164Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3165@display
3166(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3167@end display
3168@item
3169Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3170@end itemize
3171
3172@cindex addresses, format of
3173@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3174In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3175@display
3176(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3177@end display
3178@noindent
a4fb0134 3179Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3180nature.
3181@ifset SOM
3182(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3183symbol-relative instead.)
3184@end ifset
3185
3186In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3187@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3188
3189Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3190@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3191addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3192@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3193@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3194data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3195their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3196part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3197address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3198
3199The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3200address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3201rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3202Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3203address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3204common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3205time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3206
3207By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3208the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3209sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3210customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3211the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3212data and bss sections.
3213
3214Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3215use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3216
3217@node Ld Sections
3218@section Linker Sections
3219@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3220
3221@table @strong
3222
c1253627 3223@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3224@cindex named sections
3225@cindex sections, named
3226@item named sections
3227@end ifset
3228@ifset aout-bout
3229@cindex text section
3230@cindex data section
3231@itemx text section
3232@itemx data section
3233@end ifset
a4fb0134 3234These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3235separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3236true of another.
3237@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3238When the program is running, however, it is
3239customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3240text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3241instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3242program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3243in the data section.
c1253627 3244@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3245
3246@cindex bss section
3247@item bss section
3248This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3249is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3250each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3251out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3252bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3253those explicit zeros from object files.
3254
3255@cindex absolute section
3256@item absolute section
3257Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3258This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3259not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3260addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3261
3262@cindex undefined section
3263@item undefined section
3264This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3265the preceding sections.
3266@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3267@end table
3268
3269@cindex relocation example
3270An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3271@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3272The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3273@end ifset
3274Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3275
3276@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3277@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3278@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3279@smallexample
3280 +-----+----+--+
3281partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3282 +-----+----+--+
3283
3284 text data bss
3285 seg. seg. seg.
3286
3287 +---+---+---+
3288partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3289 +---+---+---+
3290
3291 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3292linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3293 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3294
3295 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3296@end smallexample
3297@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3298@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3299@need 5000
3300@tex
c1253627 3301\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3302\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3303\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3304\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3305
3306\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3307\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3308\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3309
3310\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3311\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3312\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3313ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3314DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3315
3316\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3317\line{0\dots\hfil}
3318
3319@end tex
3320@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3321
3322@node As Sections
3323@section Assembler Internal Sections
3324
3325@cindex internal assembler sections
3326@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3327These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3328have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3329sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3330warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3331meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3332value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3333section-relative address.
3334
3335@table @b
3336@cindex assembler internal logic error
3337@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3338An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3339bug in the assembler.
3340
3341@cindex expr (internal section)
3342@item expr section
3343The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3344symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3345it in the expr section.
3346@c FIXME item debug
3347@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3348@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3349@c FIXME item register
3350@end table
3351
3352@node Sub-Sections
3353@section Sub-Sections
3354
3355@cindex numbered subsections
3356@cindex grouping data
3357@ifset aout-bout
3358Assembled bytes
c1253627 3359@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3360conventionally
3361@end ifset
3362fall into two sections: text and data.
3363@end ifset
3364You may have separate groups of
3365@ifset GENERIC
3366data in named sections
3367@end ifset
3368@ifclear GENERIC
3369@ifclear aout-bout
3370data in named sections
3371@end ifclear
3372@ifset aout-bout
3373text or data
3374@end ifset
3375@end ifclear
3376that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3377are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3378use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3379numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3380same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3381subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3382section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3383assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3384section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3385constants being output.
3386
3387Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3388goes in subsection number zero.
3389
3390@ifset GENERIC
3391Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3392(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3393of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3394@end ifset
3395@ifclear GENERIC
3396@ifset H8
7be1c489 3397On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3398boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3399The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3400@end ifset
3401@ifset I960
3402@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3403@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3404@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3405@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3406@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3407@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3408@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3409@end ifclear
3410
3411Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3412to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3413The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3414other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3415They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3416data subsections as a data section.
3417
3418To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3419into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3420@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3421@ifset COFF
252b5132 3422@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3423When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3424@end ifset
3425@ifclear GENERIC
3426You
3427@end ifclear
3428can also use an extra subsection
3429argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3430@var{expression}}.
3431@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3432@ifset ELF
3433@ifset GENERIC
3434When generating ELF output, you
3435@end ifset
3436@ifclear GENERIC
3437You
3438@end ifclear
3439can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3440to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3441@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3442@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3443(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3444is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3445begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3446@smallexample
3447.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3448.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3449.text 1
3450.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3451.data 0
3452.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3453.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3454.text 0
3455.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3456.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3457@end smallexample
3458
3459Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3460assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3461restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3462counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3463@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3464current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3465assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3466
3467@node bss
3468@section bss Section
3469
3470@cindex bss section
3471@cindex common variable storage
3472The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3473You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3474not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3475your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3476section are zeroed bytes.
3477
3478The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3479@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3480
3481The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3482another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3483
3484@ifset GENERIC
3485When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3486COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3487see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3488section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3489@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3490@end ifset
3491
3492@node Symbols
3493@chapter Symbols
3494
3495@cindex symbols
3496Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3497things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3498to debug.
3499
3500@quotation
3501@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3502@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3503the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3504@end quotation
3505
3506@menu
3507* Labels:: Labels
3508* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3509* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3510* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3511* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3512@end menu
3513
3514@node Labels
3515@section Labels
3516
3517@cindex labels
3518A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3519@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3520active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3521operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3522different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3523definitions.
3524
3525@ifset HPPA
3526On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3527colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3528a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3529provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3530@end ifset
3531
3532@node Setting Symbols
3533@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3534
3535@cindex assigning values to symbols
3536@cindex symbol values, assigning
3537A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3538by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3539(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3540directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3541equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3542@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3543
f8739b83
JZ
3544@ifset Blackfin
3545Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3546@end ifset
3547
252b5132
RH
3548@node Symbol Names
3549@section Symbol Names
3550
3551@cindex symbol names
3552@cindex names, symbol
3553@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3554Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3555machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3556noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3557string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3558particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3559@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3560@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3561@ifset H8
3562Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3563Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3564character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3565on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3566@end ifset
3567@end ifset
3568
3569Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3570than @code{Foo}.
3571
7bfd842d
NC
3572Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3573multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3574@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3575currently supported.
3576
252b5132
RH
3577Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3578refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3579in a program.
3580
3581@subheading Local Symbol Names
3582
3583@cindex local symbol names
3584@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3585A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3586By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3587@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3588set of local label prefixes.
3589@ifset HPPA
3590On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3591@end ifset
3592
3593Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3594normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3595You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3596@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3597
3598@subheading Local Labels
3599
3600@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3601@cindex temporary symbol names
3602@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3603Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3604They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3605the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3606To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3607represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3608definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3609you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3610@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3611for ``forwards''.
3612
3613There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3614too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3615the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3616defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3617definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3618noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3619implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3620
3621Here is an example:
3622
3623@smallexample
36241: branch 1f
36252: branch 1b
36261: branch 2f
36272: branch 1b
3628@end smallexample
3629
3630Which is the equivalent of:
3631
3632@smallexample
3633label_1: branch label_3
3634label_2: branch label_1
3635label_3: branch label_4
3636label_4: branch label_3
3637@end smallexample
3638
ba83aca1 3639Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3640transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3641The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3642are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3643these parts:
252b5132
RH
3644
3645@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3646@item @emph{local label prefix}
3647All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3648Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3649that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3650used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3651@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3652object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3653you may use them in debugging.
3654
2d5aaba0
NC
3655@item @var{number}
3656This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3657label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3658
2d5aaba0
NC
3659@item @kbd{C-B}
3660This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3661of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3662
3663@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3664This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3665@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3666number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3667the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3668@end table
3669
ba83aca1
BW
3670So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3671the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3672
3673@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3674@cindex dollar local symbols
3675
3676@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3677dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3678soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3679region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3680scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3681the same local label.
3682
3683Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3684except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3685@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3686
3687They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3688names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3689to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3690@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3691
3692@node Dot
3693@section The Special Dot Symbol
3694
3695@cindex dot (symbol)
3696@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3697@cindex current address
3698@cindex location counter
3699The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3700@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3701.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3702Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3703directive.
252b5132 3704@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3705Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3706@samp{.space 4}.
3707@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3708
3709@node Symbol Attributes
3710@section Symbol Attributes
3711
3712@cindex symbol attributes
3713@cindex attributes, symbol
3714Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3715``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3716attributes.
3717@ifset INTERNALS
3718The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3719@end ifset
3720
a4fb0134 3721If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3722all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3723symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3724would want.
3725
3726@menu
3727* Symbol Value:: Value
3728* Symbol Type:: Type
3729@ifset aout-bout
3730@ifset GENERIC
3731* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3732@end ifset
3733@ifclear GENERIC
3734@ifclear BOUT
3735* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3736@end ifclear
3737@ifset BOUT
3738* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3739@end ifset
3740@end ifclear
3741@end ifset
3742@ifset COFF
3743* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3744@end ifset
3745@ifset SOM
3746* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3747@end ifset
3748@end menu
3749
3750@node Symbol Value
3751@subsection Value
3752
3753@cindex value of a symbol
3754@cindex symbol value
3755The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3756location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3757number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3758Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3759as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3760symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3761called absolute.
3762
3763The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
37640 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3765@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3766same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3767name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3768common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3769bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3770allocated storage.
3771
3772@node Symbol Type
3773@subsection Type
3774
3775@cindex type of a symbol
3776@cindex symbol type
3777The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3778information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3779(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3780format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3781
3782@ifset aout-bout
3783@ifclear GENERIC
3784@ifset BOUT
3785@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3786@c better if it were available outside examples.
3787@need 1000
3788@node a.out Symbols
3789@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3790
3791@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3792@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3793These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3794one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3795@code{b.out}.
3796
3797@end ifset
3798@ifclear BOUT
3799@node a.out Symbols
3800@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3801
3802@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3803@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3804
3805@end ifclear
3806@end ifclear
3807@ifset GENERIC
3808@node a.out Symbols
3809@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3810
3811@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3812@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3813
3814@end ifset
3815@menu
3816* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3817* Symbol Other:: Other
3818@end menu
3819
3820@node Symbol Desc
3821@subsubsection Descriptor
3822
3823@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3824This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3825descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3826(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3827@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3828
3829@node Symbol Other
3830@subsubsection Other
3831
3832@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3833This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3834@end ifset
3835
3836@ifset COFF
3837@node COFF Symbols
3838@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3839
3840@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3841@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3842
3843The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3844like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3845@code{.endef} directives.
3846
3847@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3848
3849@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3850The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3851respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3852
3853@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3854
3855@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3856The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3857@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3858table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3859@end ifset
3860
3861@ifset SOM
3862@node SOM Symbols
3863@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3864
3865@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3866@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3867
3868The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3869the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3870
01642c12 3871The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3872Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3873@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3874@end ifset
3875
3876@node Expressions
3877@chapter Expressions
3878
3879@cindex expressions
3880@cindex addresses
3881@cindex numeric values
3882An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3883Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3884
3885The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3886a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3887enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3888section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3889the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3890@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3891
3892@menu
3893* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3894* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3895@end menu
3896
3897@node Empty Exprs
3898@section Empty Expressions
3899
3900@cindex empty expressions
3901@cindex expressions, empty
3902An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3903Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3904expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3905is compatible with other assemblers.
3906
3907@node Integer Exprs
3908@section Integer Expressions
3909
3910@cindex integer expressions
3911@cindex expressions, integer
3912An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3913by @emph{operators}.
3914
3915@menu
3916* Arguments:: Arguments
3917* Operators:: Operators
3918* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3919* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3920@end menu
3921
3922@node Arguments
3923@subsection Arguments
3924
3925@cindex expression arguments
3926@cindex arguments in expressions
3927@cindex operands in expressions
3928@cindex arithmetic operands
3929@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3930contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3931this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3932the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3933expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3934instruction operands.
3935
3936Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3937@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3938or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3939integer.
3940
3941Numbers are usually integers.
3942
3943A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3944that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3945these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3946instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3947assemblers.
3948
3949@cindex subexpressions
3950Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3951expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3952operator followed by an argument.
3953
3954@node Operators
3955@subsection Operators
3956
3957@cindex operators, in expressions
3958@cindex arithmetic functions
3959@cindex functions, in expressions
3960@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3961operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3962between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3963whitespace.
3964
3965@node Prefix Ops
3966@subsection Prefix Operator
3967
3968@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3969@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3970one argument, which must be absolute.
3971
3972@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3973@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3974@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3975@tex
3976\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3977@end tex
3978
3979@table @code
3980@item -
3981@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3982@item ~
3983@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3984@end table
3985
3986@tex
3987\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3988@end tex
3989
3990@node Infix Ops
3991@subsection Infix Operators
3992
3993@cindex infix operators
3994@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3995@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3996have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3997to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3998absolute, and the result is absolute.
3999
4000@enumerate
4001@cindex operator precedence
4002@cindex precedence of operators
4003
4004@item
4005Highest Precedence
4006
4007@table @code
4008@item *
4009@dfn{Multiplication}.
4010
4011@item /
4012@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4013
4014@item %
4015@dfn{Remainder}.
4016
d1eac9d9 4017@item <<
252b5132
RH
4018@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4019
d1eac9d9 4020@item >>
252b5132
RH
4021@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4022@end table
4023
4024@item
4025Intermediate precedence
4026
4027@table @code
4028@item |
4029
4030@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4031
4032@item &
4033@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4034
4035@item ^
4036@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4037
4038@item !
4039@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4040@end table
4041
4042@item
b131d4dc 4043Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4044
4045@table @code
4046@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4047@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4048@cindex arguments for addition
4049@item +
4050@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4051the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4052sections.
4053
4054@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4055@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4056@cindex arguments for subtraction
4057@item -
4058@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4059result has the section of the left argument.
4060If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4061You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4062@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4063
4064@cindex comparison expressions
4065@cindex expressions, comparison
4066@item ==
4067@dfn{Is Equal To}
4068@item <>
723a8472 4069@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4070@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4071@item <
4072@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4073@item >
b131d4dc 4074@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4075@item >=
b131d4dc 4076@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4077@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4078@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4079
4080The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4081value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4082perform signed comparisons.
4083@end table
4084
4085@item Lowest Precedence
4086
4087@table @code
4088@item &&
4089@dfn{Logical And}.
4090
4091@item ||
4092@dfn{Logical Or}.
4093
4094These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4095expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4096value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4097or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4098
252b5132
RH
4099@end table
4100@end enumerate
4101
4102In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4103address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4104
4105@node Pseudo Ops
4106@chapter Assembler Directives
4107
4108@cindex directives, machine independent
4109@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4110@cindex machine independent directives
4111All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4112The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4113
4114This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4115target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4116@ifset GENERIC
4117Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4118@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4119@end ifset
4120@ifclear GENERIC
4121@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4122@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4123@end ifset
4124@end ifclear
4125
4126@menu
4127* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4128@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4129* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4130@end ifset
f0dc282c 4131
252b5132 4132* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4133* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4134* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4135* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4136* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4137* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4138* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4139* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4140* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4141* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4142@ifset COFF
4143* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4144@end ifset
4145@ifset aout-bout
4146* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4147@end ifset
4148@ifset COFF
4149* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4150@end ifset
f0dc282c 4151
252b5132
RH
4152* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4153* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4154* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4155* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4156* End:: @code{.end}
4157@ifset COFF
4158* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4159@end ifset
f0dc282c 4160
252b5132
RH
4161* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4162* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4163* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4164* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4165* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4166* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4167* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4168* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4169* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4170* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4171* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4172* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4173* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4174* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4175* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4176@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4177* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4178* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4179@end ifset
f0dc282c 4180
252b5132
RH
4181* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4182* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4183* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4184* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4185* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4186* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4187@ifset ELF
4188* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4189@end ifset
f0dc282c 4190
252b5132
RH
4191* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4192* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4193* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4194* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4195@ifclear no-line-dir
4196* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4197@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4198
252b5132
RH
4199* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4200* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4201* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4202* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4203* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4204@ifset ELF
4205* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4206@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4207
252b5132
RH
4208* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4209@ignore
4210* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4211@end ignore
f0dc282c 4212
252b5132
RH
4213* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4214* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4215* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4216* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4217* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4218* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4219* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4220* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4221@ifset ELF
4222* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4223* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4224@end ifset
f0dc282c 4225
252b5132 4226* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4227@ifset ELF
4228* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4229@end ifset
f0dc282c 4230
252b5132
RH
4231* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4232* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4233@ifset ELF
4234* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4235@end ifset
f0dc282c 4236
252b5132 4237* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4238* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4239* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4240* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4241@ifset COFF
4242* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4243@end ifset
4244@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4245* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4246@end ifset
f0dc282c 4247
252b5132
RH
4248* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4249* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4250* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4251@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4252* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4253@end ifset
884f0d36 4254@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4255* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4256@end ifclear
4257
252b5132 4258* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4259@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4260* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4261@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4262@ifset have-stabs
4263* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4264@end ifset
f0dc282c 4265
38a57ae7 4266* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4267* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4268@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4269* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4270* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4271@end ifset
f0dc282c 4272
252b5132
RH
4273@ifset COFF
4274* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4275@end ifset
f0dc282c 4276
252b5132
RH
4277* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4278* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4279@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4280* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4281@end ifset
4282
c91d2e08 4283* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4284@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4285* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4286@end ifset
f0dc282c 4287
2e13b764 4288@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4289* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4290* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4291* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4292@end ifset
f0dc282c 4293
d190d046 4294* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4295* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4296* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4297* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4298* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4299@end menu
4300
4301@node Abort
4302@section @code{.abort}
4303
4304@cindex @code{abort} directive
4305@cindex stopping the assembly
4306This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4307compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4308assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4309of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4310quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4311
4312@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4313@node ABORT (COFF)
4314@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4315
4316@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4317When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4318synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4319
4320@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4321When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4322but ignores it.
4323@end ifset
4324@end ifset
4325
4326@node Align
4327@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4328
4329@cindex padding the location counter
4330@cindex @code{align} directive
4331Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4332boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4333required, as described below.
4334
4335The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4336padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4337padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4338marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4339with no-op instructions.
4340
4341The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4342it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4343directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4344specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4345fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4346required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4347with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4348
4349The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4350For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4351s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4352alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4353the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4354is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4355first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4356
9e9a9798 4357For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4358strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4359number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4360advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4361counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4362multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4363
4364This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4365native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4366GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4367described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4368architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4369
ccf8a69b
BW
4370@node Altmacro
4371@section @code{.altmacro}
4372Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4373
4374@ftable @code
4375@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4376One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4377generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4378replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4379replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4380separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4381define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4382
4383@item String delimiters
4384You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4385@code{"@var{string}"}:
4386
4387@table @code
4388@item '@var{string}'
4389You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4390
4391@item <@var{string}>
4392You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4393@end table
4394
4395@item single-character string escape
4396To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4397character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4398character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4399write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4400
4401@item Expression results as strings
4402You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4403and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4404@end ftable
4405
252b5132
RH
4406@node Ascii
4407@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4408
4409@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4410@cindex string literals
4411@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4412separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4413trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4414
4415@node Asciz
4416@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4417
4418@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4419@cindex zero-terminated strings
4420@cindex null-terminated strings
4421@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4422a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4423
4424@node Balign
4425@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4426
4427@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4428@cindex @code{balign} directive
4429Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4430storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4431alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4432the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4433is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4434
4435The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4436padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4437padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4438marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4439with no-op instructions.
4440
4441The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4442it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4443directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4444specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4445fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4446required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4447with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4448
4449@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4450@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4451The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4452@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4453pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4454fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
44554,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4456filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4457the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4458undefined.
4459
fa94de6b
RM
4460@node Bundle directives
4461@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4462@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4463@cindex bundle
4464@cindex instruction bundle
4465@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4466@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4467bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4468into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4469disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4470gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4471@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4472
4473For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4474certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4475instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4476@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4477chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4478effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4479instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4480that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4481end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4482starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4483instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4484
4485@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4486@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4487@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4488The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4489allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4490are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4491aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4492@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4493directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4494
4495@cindex bundle-locked
4496For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4497appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4498instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4499and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4500instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4501sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4502@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4503entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4504boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4505first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4506aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4507bundle size.
4508
d416e51d
RM
4509For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4510inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4511nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4512@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4513matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4514same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4515
252b5132
RH
4516@node Byte
4517@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4518
4519@cindex @code{byte} directive
4520@cindex integers, one byte
4521@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4522Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4523
54cfded0 4524@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4525@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4526@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4527@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4528should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4529If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4530if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4531To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4532directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4533
4b7d318b 4534@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4535@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4536@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4537should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4538data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4539@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4540
01642c12 4541Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4542it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4543
54cfded0
AM
4544@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4545@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4546@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4547unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4548@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4549
9b8ae42e
JJ
4550@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4551@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4552@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4553should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4554argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4555a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4556the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4557can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4558The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4559no personality routine.
4560
4561@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4562@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4563@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4564should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4565argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4566or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4567no LSDA.
4568
54cfded0 4569@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4570@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4571address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4572
4573@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4574@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4575now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4576remains the same.
4577
4578@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4579@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4580remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4581absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4582CFA address.
4583
4584@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4585Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4586value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4587
4588@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4589Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4590CFA.
54cfded0 4591
17076204
RH
4592@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4593Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4594the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4595using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4596This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4597code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4598
4b7d318b
L
4599@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4600Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4601
4602@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4603@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4604same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4605instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4606
4607@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4608From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4609
4610@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4611Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4612i.e. no restoration needed.
4613
01642c12
RM
4614@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4615First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4616then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4617everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4618the previous saved state.
4619
4620@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4621Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4622directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4623
63752a75
JJ
4624@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4625Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4626
6749011b 4627@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4628SPARC register window has been saved.
4629
cdfbf930
RH
4630@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4631Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4632might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4633opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4634
f1c4cc75
RH
4635@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4636The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4637will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4638description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4639
4640The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4641limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4642mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4643by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4644or another register.
4645
ccf8a69b
BW
4646@node Comm
4647@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4648
ccf8a69b
BW
4649@cindex @code{comm} directive
4650@cindex symbol, common
4651@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4652common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4653of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4654definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4655allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4656absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4657the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4658using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4659
c1711530
DK
4660@ifset COFF-ELF
4661When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4662an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4663specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4664that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4665as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4666boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4667power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4668common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4669alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4670largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4671maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4672is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4673@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4674multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4675It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4676(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4677@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4678
ccf8a69b
BW
4679@ifset HPPA
4680The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4681@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4682@end ifset
07a53e5c 4683
252b5132
RH
4684@node Data
4685@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4686
4687@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4688@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4689end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4690absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4691to zero.
4692
4693@ifset COFF
4694@node Def
4695@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4696
4697@cindex @code{def} directive
4698@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4699@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4700Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4701definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4702@ifset BOUT
4703
a4fb0134 4704This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4705format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4706but ignored.
4707@end ifset
4708@end ifset
4709
4710@ifset aout-bout
4711@node Desc
4712@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4713
4714@cindex @code{desc} directive
4715@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4716@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4717This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4718to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4719
4720@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4721The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4722configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4723object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4724it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4725@end ifset
4726@end ifset
4727
4728@ifset COFF
4729@node Dim
4730@section @code{.dim}
4731
4732@cindex @code{dim} directive
4733@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4734@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4735This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4736information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4737@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4738@ifset BOUT
4739
4740@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4741@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4742ignores it.
4743@end ifset
4744@end ifset
4745
4746@node Double
4747@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4748
4749@cindex @code{double} directive
4750@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4751@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4752assembles floating point numbers.
4753@ifset GENERIC
4754The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4755@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4756@end ifset
4757@ifclear GENERIC
4758@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4759On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4760in @sc{ieee} format.
4761@end ifset
4762@end ifclear
4763
4764@node Eject
4765@section @code{.eject}
4766
4767@cindex @code{eject} directive
4768@cindex new page, in listings
4769@cindex page, in listings
4770@cindex listing control: new page
4771Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4772
4773@node Else
4774@section @code{.else}
4775
4776@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4777@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4778assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4779of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4780was false.
4781
3fd9f047
TW
4782@node Elseif
4783@section @code{.elseif}
4784
4785@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4786@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4787assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4788@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4789
252b5132
RH
4790@node End
4791@section @code{.end}
4792
4793@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4794@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4795process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4796
4797@ifset COFF
4798@node Endef
4799@section @code{.endef}
4800
4801@cindex @code{endef} directive
4802This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4803@code{.def}.
4804@ifset BOUT
4805
4806@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4807@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4808directive but ignores it.
4809@end ifset
4810@end ifset
4811
4812@node Endfunc
4813@section @code{.endfunc}
4814@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4815@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4816
4817@node Endif
4818@section @code{.endif}
4819
4820@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4821@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4822it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4823conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4824
4825@node Equ
4826@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4827
4828@cindex @code{equ} directive
4829@cindex assigning values to symbols
4830@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4831This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4832It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4833
4834@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4835The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4836@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4837@end ifset
4838
3c9b82ba 4839@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4840The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4841@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4842On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4843but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4844Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4845@end ifset
4846
252b5132
RH
4847@node Equiv
4848@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4849@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4850The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4851the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4852symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4853undefined.
252b5132 4854
01642c12 4855Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4856@smallexample
4857.ifdef SYM
4858.err
4859.endif
4860.equ SYM,VAL
4861@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4862plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4863
4864@node Eqv
4865@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4866@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4867The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4868evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4869the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4870value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4871
4872@node Err
4873@section @code{.err}
4874@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4875If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4876message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4877object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4878
d190d046
HPN
4879@node Error
4880@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4881@cindex error directive
4882
4883Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4884string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4885message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4886@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4887
4888@smallexample
4889 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4890@end smallexample
4891
252b5132
RH
4892@node Exitm
4893@section @code{.exitm}
4894Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4895
4896@node Extern
4897@section @code{.extern}
4898
4899@cindex @code{extern} directive
4900@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4901with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4902all undefined symbols as external.
4903
4904@node Fail
4905@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4906
4907@cindex @code{fail} directive
4908Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4909or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4910than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4911include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4912complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4913
252b5132 4914@node File
14082c76 4915@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4916@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4917
4918@ifclear no-file-dir
4919There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4920that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4921@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4922
4923@subheading Default Version
4924
252b5132
RH
4925@cindex logical file name
4926@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4927This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4928are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4929
4930@smallexample
4931.file @var{string}
4932@end smallexample
4933
4934@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4935recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4936to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4937statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4938old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4939
4940@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4941@end ifclear
4942
14082c76
BW
4943When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4944to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4945
4946@smallexample
4947.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4948@end smallexample
4949
4950The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4951index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4952literal.
4953
4954The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4955table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4956information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4957entries will have.
4958
252b5132
RH
4959@node Fill
4960@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4961
4962@cindex @code{fill} directive
4963@cindex writing patterns in memory
4964@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4965@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4966This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4967may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4968more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4969other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4970is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4971zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4972byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4973Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4974@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4975compatible with other people's assemblers.
4976
4977@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4978If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4979assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4980@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4981
4982@node Float
4983@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4984
4985@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4986@cindex @code{float} directive
4987This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4988has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4989@ifset GENERIC
4990The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4991@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4992@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4993@end ifset
4994@ifclear GENERIC
4995@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4996On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4997in @sc{ieee} format.
4998@end ifset
4999@end ifclear
5000
5001@node Func
5002@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5003@cindex @code{func} directive
5004@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5005is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5006Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5007@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5008prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5009@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5010All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5011The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5012
5013@node Global
5014@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5015
5016@cindex @code{global} directive
5017@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5018@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5019@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5020other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5021@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5022from another file linked into the same program.
5023
5024Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5025compatibility with other assemblers.
5026
5027@ifset HPPA
5028On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5029partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5030@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5031@end ifset
5032
c91d2e08 5033@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5034@node Gnu_attribute
5035@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5036Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5037
c91d2e08
NC
5038@node Hidden
5039@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5040
c1253627
NC
5041@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5042@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5043This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5044@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5045@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5046
5047This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5048their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5049@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5050Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5051@end ifset
5052
252b5132
RH
5053@node hword
5054@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5055
5056@cindex @code{hword} directive
5057@cindex integers, 16-bit
5058@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5059@cindex sixteen bit integers
5060This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5061a 16 bit number for each.
5062
5063@ifset GENERIC
5064This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5065architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5066@end ifset
5067@ifclear GENERIC
5068@ifset W32
5069This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5070@end ifset
5071@ifset W16
5072This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5073@end ifset
5074@end ifclear
5075
5076@node Ident
5077@section @code{.ident}
5078
5079@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5080
5081This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5082behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5083a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5084source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5085for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5086@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5087emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5088
5089@node If
5090@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5091
5092@cindex conditional assembly
5093@cindex @code{if} directive
5094@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5095considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5096(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5097the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5098(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5099alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5100If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5101nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5102
5103The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5104@table @code
5105@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5106@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5107Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5108has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5109is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5110
26aca5f6
JB
5111@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5112@item .ifb @var{text}
5113Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5114
252b5132
RH
5115@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5116@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5117Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5118strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5119the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5120end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5121string comparison is case sensitive.
5122
5123@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5124@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5125Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5126
5127@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5128@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5129Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5130
5131@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5132@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5133Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5134equal to zero.
5135
5136@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5137@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5138Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5139
5140@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5141@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5142Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5143to zero.
5144
5145@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5146@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5147Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5148
26aca5f6
JB
5149@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5150@item .ifnb @var{text}
5151Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5152following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5153
252b5132
RH
5154@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5155@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5156Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5157following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5158
5159@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5160@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5161@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5162@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5163Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5164has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5165which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5166
5167@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5168@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5169Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5170(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5171
5172@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5173@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5174Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5175following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5176@end table
5177
7e005732
NC
5178@node Incbin
5179@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5180
5181@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5182@cindex binary files, including
5183The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5184location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5185option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5186around @var{file}.
5187
5188The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5189@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5190read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5191responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5192after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5193
252b5132
RH
5194@node Include
5195@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5196
5197@cindex @code{include} directive
5198@cindex supporting files, including
5199@cindex files, including
5200This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5201points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5202if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5203included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5204can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5205(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5206around @var{file}.
5207
5208@node Int
5209@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5210
5211@cindex @code{int} directive
5212@cindex integers, 32-bit
5213Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5214For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5215expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5216of target the assembly is for.
5217
5218@ifclear GENERIC
5219@ifset H8
7be1c489 5220On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5221integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
522232-bit integers.
5223@end ifset
5224@end ifclear
5225
c91d2e08
NC
5226@ifset ELF
5227@node Internal
5228@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5229
c1253627
NC
5230@cindex @code{internal} directive
5231@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5232This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5233@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5234@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5235
5236This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5237their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5238@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5239(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5240processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5241@end ifset
5242
252b5132
RH
5243@node Irp
5244@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5245
5246@cindex @code{irp} directive
5247Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5248The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5249terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5250set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5251@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5252@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5253sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5254
5255For example, assembling
5256
5257@example
5258 .irp param,1,2,3
5259 move d\param,sp@@-
5260 .endr
5261@end example
5262
5263is equivalent to assembling
5264
5265@example
5266 move d1,sp@@-
5267 move d2,sp@@-
5268 move d3,sp@@-
5269@end example
5270
96e9638b 5271For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5272
252b5132
RH
5273@node Irpc
5274@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5275
5276@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5277Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5278The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5279terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5280@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5281assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5282assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5283@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5284
5285For example, assembling
5286
5287@example
5288 .irpc param,123
5289 move d\param,sp@@-
5290 .endr
5291@end example
5292
5293is equivalent to assembling
5294
5295@example
5296 move d1,sp@@-
5297 move d2,sp@@-
5298 move d3,sp@@-
5299@end example
5300
5e75c3ab
JB
5301For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5302at @xref{Macro}.
5303
252b5132
RH
5304@node Lcomm
5305@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5306
5307@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5308@cindex local common symbols
5309@cindex symbols, local common
5310Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5311denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5312those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5313section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5314is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5315not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5316
5317@ifset GENERIC
5318Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5319argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5320@end ifset
5321
5322@ifset HPPA
5323The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5324@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5325@end ifset
5326
5327@node Lflags
5328@section @code{.lflags}
5329
5330@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5331@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5332assemblers, but ignores it.
5333
5334@ifclear no-line-dir
5335@node Line
5336@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5337
5338@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5339@cindex logical line number
5340@ifset aout-bout
5341Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5342expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5343statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5344reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5345@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5346for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5347@end ifset
5348
252b5132 5349Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5350@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5351when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5352were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5353@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5354
5355Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5356used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5357debugging.
5358@end ifclear
5359
5360@node Linkonce
5361@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5362@cindex COMDAT
5363@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5364@cindex common sections
5365Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5366This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5367but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5368The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5369Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5370unique.
5371
5372This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5373writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5374Executable format used on Windows NT.
5375
5376The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5377following strings. For example:
5378@smallexample
5379.linkonce same_size
5380@end smallexample
5381Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5382
5383@table @code
5384@item discard
5385Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5386
5387@item one_only
5388Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5389
5390@item same_size
5391Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5392
5393@item same_contents
5394Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5395@end table
5396
ccf8a69b
BW
5397@node List
5398@section @code{.list}
5399
5400@cindex @code{list} directive
5401@cindex listing control, turning on
5402Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5403not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5404internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5405counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5406generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5407
5408By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5409@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5410the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5411
252b5132
RH
5412@node Ln
5413@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5414
5415@cindex @code{ln} directive
5416@ifclear no-line-dir
5417@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5418@end ifclear
5419@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5420Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5421must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5422line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5423statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5424line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5425@ifset BOUT
5426
a4fb0134 5427This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5428configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5429output format.
5430@end ifset
5431@end ifset
5432
ccf8a69b
BW
5433@node Loc
5434@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5435@cindex @code{loc} directive
5436When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5437the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5438number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5439instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5440arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5441the row is added.
252b5132 5442
ccf8a69b
BW
5443The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5444
5445@table @code
5446@item basic_block
5447This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5448@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5449
5450@item prologue_end
5451This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5452@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5453
5454@item epilogue_begin
5455This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5456@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5457
5458@item is_stmt @var{value}
5459This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5460@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5461either 0 or 1.
5462
5463@item isa @var{value}
5464This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5465state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5466
92846e72
CC
5467@item discriminator @var{value}
5468This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5469state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5470
ccf8a69b
BW
5471@end table
5472
5473@node Loc_mark_labels
5474@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5475@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5476When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5477the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5478to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5479register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5480The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5481this function respectively.
252b5132 5482
4d4175af
BW
5483@ifset ELF
5484@node Local
5485@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5486
5487@cindex @code{local} directive
5488This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5489the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5490will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5491they will be created.
5492
5493For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5494accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5495the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5496(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5497@end ifset
5498
252b5132
RH
5499@node Long
5500@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5501
5502@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5503@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5504
5505@ignore
5506@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5507@c what it really ought to do
5508@node Lsym
5509@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5510
5511@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5512@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5513@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5514the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5515rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5516the same as the expression value:
5517@smallexample
5518@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5519@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5520@var{value} = @var{expression}
5521@end smallexample
5522@noindent
5523The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5524@end ignore
5525
5526@node Macro
5527@section @code{.macro}
5528
5529@cindex macros
5530The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5531generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5532@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5533
5534@example
5535 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5536 .long \from
5537 .if \to-\from
5538 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5539 .endif
5540 .endm
5541@end example
5542
5543@noindent
5544With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5545
5546@example
5547 .long 0
5548 .long 1
5549 .long 2
5550 .long 3
5551 .long 4
5552 .long 5
5553@end example
5554
5555@ftable @code
5556@item .macro @var{macname}
5557@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5558@cindex @code{macro} directive
5559Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5560definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5561separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5562indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5563@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5564(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5565macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5566cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5567subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5568definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5569
5570@table @code
5571@item .macro comm
5572Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5573arguments.
5574
6258339f 5575@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5576@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5577Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5578which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5579@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5580
5581@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5582Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5583arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5584After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5585@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5586@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5587,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5588@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5589
6eaeac8a
JB
5590@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5591Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5592arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5593not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5594will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5595
252b5132
RH
5596When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5597position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5598@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5599
6258339f
NC
5600@end table
5601
5e75c3ab
JB
5602Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5603as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5604occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5605characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5606(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5607architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5608character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5609replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5610construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5611identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5612this macro definition:
5613
5614@example
5615 .macro label l
5616\l:
5617 .endm
5618@end example
5619
5620might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5621called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5622assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5623identifier.
5624
5625Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5626which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5627for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5628length specifier like this:
5629
5630@example
5631 .macro opcode base length
5632 \base.\length
5633 .endm
5634@end example
5635
5636and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5637instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5638interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5639
5640There are several possible ways around this problem:
5641
5642@table @code
5643@item Insert white space
5644If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5645solution. eg:
5646
5647@example
5648 .macro label l
5649\l :
5650 .endm
5651@end example
5652
5653@item Use @samp{\()}
5654The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5655the following text. eg:
5656
5657@example
5658 .macro opcode base length
5659 \base\().\length
5660 .endm
5661@end example
5662
5663@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5664In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5665used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5666
5667@example
5668 .altmacro
5669 .macro label l
5670l&:
5671 .endm
5672@end example
6258339f 5673@end table
5e75c3ab 5674
96e9638b 5675Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5676also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5677and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5678
252b5132
RH
5679@item .endm
5680@cindex @code{endm} directive
5681Mark the end of a macro definition.
5682
5683@item .exitm
5684@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5685Exit early from the current macro definition.
5686
5687@cindex number of macros executed
5688@cindex macros, count executed
5689@item \@@
a4fb0134 5690@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5691executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5692output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5693
252b5132
RH
5694@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5695@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5696macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5697@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5698@end ftable
252b5132 5699
ccf8a69b
BW
5700@node MRI
5701@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5702
ccf8a69b
BW
5703@cindex @code{mri} directive
5704@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5705If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5706@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5707affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5708of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5709
caa32fe5
NC
5710@node Noaltmacro
5711@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5712Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5713
252b5132
RH
5714@node Nolist
5715@section @code{.nolist}
5716
5717@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5718@cindex listing control, turning off
5719Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5720not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5721internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5722counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5723generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5724
5725@node Octa
5726@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5727
5728@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5729@cindex @code{octa} directive
5730@cindex integer, 16-byte
5731@cindex sixteen byte integer
5732This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5733bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5734
5735The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5736hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5737
9aec2026
NC
5738@node Offset
5739@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5740
5741@cindex @code{offset} directive
5742Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5743be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5744symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5745directive.
9aec2026 5746
252b5132
RH
5747@node Org
5748@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5749
5750@cindex @code{org} directive
5751@cindex location counter, advancing
5752@cindex advancing location counter
5753@cindex current address, advancing
5754Advance the location counter of the current section to
5755@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5756expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5757you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5758wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5759with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5760@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5761is the same as the current subsection.
5762
5763@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5764unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5765backwards.
5766
5767@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5768@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5769@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5770Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5771may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5772a chance to share your improved assembler.
5773
5774Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5775to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5776people's assemblers.
5777
5778When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5779intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5780absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5781@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5782
5783@node P2align
5784@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5785
5786@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5787@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5788Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5789storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5790number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5791advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5792counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5793multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5794
5795The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5796padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5797padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5798marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5799with no-op instructions.
5800
5801The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5802it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5803directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5804specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5805fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5806required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5807with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5808
5809@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5810@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5811The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5812@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5813pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5814fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
58152,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5816filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5817the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5818undefined.
5819
ccf8a69b
BW
5820@ifset ELF
5821@node PopSection
5822@section @code{.popsection}
5823
5824@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5825@cindex Section Stack
5826This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5827@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5828@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5829(@pxref{Previous}).
5830
5831This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5832section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5833stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5834@end ifset
5835
c91d2e08
NC
5836@ifset ELF
5837@node Previous
5838@section @code{.previous}
5839
c1253627 5840@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5841@cindex Section Stack
5842This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5843@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5844@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5845(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5846
5847This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5848referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5849@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5850subsections). For example:
5851
5852@smallexample
5853.section A
5854 .subsection 1
5855 .word 0x1234
5856 .subsection 2
5857 .word 0x5678
5858.previous
5859 .word 0x9abc
5860@end smallexample
5861
5862Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5863section A. Whilst:
5864
5865@smallexample
5866.section A
5867.subsection 1
5868 # Now in section A subsection 1
5869 .word 0x1234
5870.section B
5871.subsection 0
5872 # Now in section B subsection 0
5873 .word 0x5678
5874.subsection 1
5875 # Now in section B subsection 1
5876 .word 0x9abc
5877.previous
5878 # Now in section B subsection 0
5879 .word 0xdef0
5880@end smallexample
5881
5882Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5883section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5884
5885In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5886the top section on the section stack.
5887@end ifset
5888
252b5132
RH
5889@node Print
5890@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5891
5892@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5893@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5894assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5895
c91d2e08
NC
5896@ifset ELF
5897@node Protected
5898@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5899
c1253627
NC
5900@cindex @code{protected} directive
5901@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5902This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5903@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5904
5905This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5906their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5907@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5908components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5909component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5910this.
c91d2e08
NC
5911@end ifset
5912
252b5132
RH
5913@node Psize
5914@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5915
5916@cindex @code{psize} directive
5917@cindex listing control: paper size
5918@cindex paper size, for listings
5919Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5920number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5921
5922If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5923of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5924default width is 200 columns.
5925
a4fb0134 5926@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5927lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5928@code{.eject}).
5929
5930If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5931those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5932
5933@node Purgem
5934@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5935
5936@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5937Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5938expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5939
c91d2e08
NC
5940@ifset ELF
5941@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5942@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5943
c1253627 5944@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5945@cindex Section Stack
5946This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5947@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5948@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5949(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5950
e9863d7f
DJ
5951This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5952top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5953subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5954@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5955as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5956@end ifset
5957
252b5132
RH
5958@node Quad
5959@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5960
5961@cindex @code{quad} directive
5962@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5963each bignum, it emits
5964@ifclear bignum-16
5965an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5966warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5967@cindex eight-byte integer
5968@cindex integer, 8-byte
5969
5970The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5971hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5972@end ifclear
5973@ifset bignum-16
5974a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5975warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5976@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5977@cindex integer, 16-byte
5978@end ifset
5979
05e9452c
AM
5980@node Reloc
5981@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5982
5983@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5984Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5985@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5986the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5987symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5988@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5989absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5990targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5991relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5992section.
5993
252b5132
RH
5994@node Rept
5995@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5996
5997@cindex @code{rept} directive
5998Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5999@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6000
6001For example, assembling
6002
6003@example
6004 .rept 3
6005 .long 0
6006 .endr
6007@end example
6008
6009is equivalent to assembling
6010
6011@example
6012 .long 0
6013 .long 0
6014 .long 0
6015@end example
6016
6017@node Sbttl
6018@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6019
6020@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6021@cindex subtitles for listings
6022@cindex listing control: subtitle
6023Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6024title line) when generating assembly listings.
6025
6026This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6027it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6028
6029@ifset COFF
6030@node Scl
6031@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6032
6033@cindex @code{scl} directive
6034@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6035@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6036Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6037used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6038whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6039symbolic debugging information.
6040@ifset BOUT
6041
6042The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6043configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6044accepts this directive but ignores it.
6045@end ifset
6046@end ifset
6047
c1253627 6048@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6049@node Section
c1253627 6050@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6051
252b5132
RH
6052@cindex named section
6053Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6054named @var{name}.
6055
6056This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6057named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6058with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6059
c1253627
NC
6060@ifset COFF
6061@ifset ELF
6062@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6063@subheading COFF Version
6064@end ifset
6065
6066@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6067For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6068ways:
c91d2e08 6069
252b5132
RH
6070@smallexample
6071.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6072.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6073@end smallexample
6074
6075If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6076section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6077@table @code
6078@item b
6079bss section (uninitialized data)
6080@item n
6081section is not loaded
6082@item w
6083writable section
6084@item d
6085data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6086@item e
6087exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6088@item r
6089read-only section
6090@item x
6091executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6092@item s
6093shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6094@item a
6095ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6096@item y
6097section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6098@item 0-9
6099single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6100@end table
6101
6102If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6103the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6104loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6105from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6106will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6107
6108If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6109taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6110@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6111
6112@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6113@ifset COFF
6114@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6115@subheading ELF Version
6116@end ifset
6117
c91d2e08
NC
6118@cindex Section Stack
6119This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6120@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6121(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6122@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6123
c1253627 6124@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6125For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6126
252b5132 6127@smallexample
7047dd1e 6128.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6129@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6130
252b5132 6131The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6132combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6133@table @code
6134@item a
6135section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6136@item e
6137section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6138@item w
6139section is writable
6140@item x
6141section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6142@item M
6143section is mergeable
6144@item S
6145section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6146@item G
6147section is a member of a section group
6148@item T
6149section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6150@item ?
6151section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6152@end table
6153
6154The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6155@table @code
6156@item @@progbits
6157section contains data
6158@item @@nobits
6159section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6160@item @@note
6161section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6162@item @@init_array
6163section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6164@item @@fini_array
6165section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6166@item @@preinit_array
6167section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6168@end table
6169
10b016c2
PB
6170Many targets only support the first three section types.
6171
ececec60
NC
6172Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6173ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6174@code{%} character.
6175
22fe14ad 6176If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6177be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6178
6179@smallexample
6180.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6181@end smallexample
6182
6183Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6184constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6185@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6186@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6187the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6188absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6189which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6190@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6191@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6192
6193If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6194be present along with an additional field like this:
6195
6196@smallexample
6197.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6198@end smallexample
6199
6200The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6201particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6202@table @code
6203@item comdat
6204indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6205@item .gnu.linkonce
6206an alias for comdat
6207@end table
6208
96e9638b 6209Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6210the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6211
6212@smallexample
6213.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6214@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6215
01642c12
RM
6216If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6217@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6218present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6219this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6220@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6221If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6222
252b5132
RH
6223If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6224the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6225none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6226executable. The section will contain data.
6227
6228For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6229directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6230
252b5132
RH
6231@smallexample
6232.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6233@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6234
252b5132
RH
6235Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6236separated flags:
6237@table @code
6238@item #alloc
6239section is allocatable
6240@item #write
6241section is writable
6242@item #execinstr
6243section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6244@item #exclude
6245section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6246@item #tls
6247section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6248@end table
c91d2e08 6249
e9863d7f
DJ
6250This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6251contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6252some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6253work.
c1253627
NC
6254@end ifset
6255@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6256
6257@node Set
6258@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6259
6260@cindex @code{set} directive
6261@cindex symbol value, setting
6262Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6263changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6264@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6265flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6266
6267You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6268
6269If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6270file is the last value stored into it.
6271
3c9b82ba
NC
6272@ifset Z80
6273On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6274@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6275@end ifset
6276
252b5132
RH
6277@node Short
6278@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6279
6280@cindex @code{short} directive
6281@ifset GENERIC
6282@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6283@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6284
6285In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6286numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6287@end ifset
6288@ifclear GENERIC
6289@ifset W16
6290@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6291@end ifset
6292@ifset W32
6293This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6294a 16 bit number for each.
6295@end ifset
6296@end ifclear
6297
6298@node Single
6299@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6300
6301@cindex @code{single} directive
6302@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6303This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6304has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6305@ifset GENERIC
6306The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6307@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6308@end ifset
6309@ifclear GENERIC
6310@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6311On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6312numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6313@end ifset
6314@end ifclear
6315
c1253627 6316@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6317@node Size
c1253627 6318@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6319
c1253627
NC
6320This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6321
6322@ifset COFF
6323@ifset ELF
6324@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6325@subheading COFF Version
6326@end ifset
6327
6328@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6329For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6330@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6331
6332@smallexample
6333.size @var{expression}
6334@end smallexample
252b5132 6335
c91d2e08 6336@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6337@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6338@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6339ignores it.
6340@end ifset
c1253627 6341@end ifset
c91d2e08 6342
c1253627
NC
6343@ifset ELF
6344@ifset COFF
6345@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6346@subheading ELF Version
6347@end ifset
6348
6349@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6350For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6351
c1253627
NC
6352@smallexample
6353.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6354@end smallexample
6355
6356This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6357The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6358arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6359symbols.
c1253627
NC
6360@end ifset
6361@end ifset
252b5132 6362
252b5132
RH
6363@ifclear no-space-dir
6364@node Skip
6365@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6366
6367@cindex @code{skip} directive
6368@cindex filling memory
6369This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6370@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6371@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6372@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6373@end ifclear
252b5132 6374
ccf8a69b
BW
6375@node Sleb128
6376@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6377
6378@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6379@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6380compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6381symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6382
884f0d36 6383@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6384@node Space
6385@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6386
6387@cindex @code{space} directive
6388@cindex filling memory
6389This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6390@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6391and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6392as @samp{.skip}.
6393
6394@ifset HPPA
6395@quotation
6396@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6397targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6398Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6399@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6400for a summary.
6401@end quotation
6402@end ifset
6403@end ifclear
6404
252b5132
RH
6405@ifset have-stabs
6406@node Stab
6407@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6408
6409@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6410@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6411There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6412All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6413The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6414cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6415Up to five fields are required:
6416
6417@table @var
6418@item string
6419This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6420@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6421debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6422using this field.
6423
6424@item type
6425An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6426this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6427and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6428
6429@item other
6430An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6431low 8 bits of this expression.
6432
6433@item desc
6434An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6435bits of this expression.
6436
6437@item value
6438An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6439@end table
6440
6441If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6442or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6443you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6444compatible with earlier assemblers!
6445
6446@table @code
6447@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6448@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6449
6450The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6451It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6452null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6453strings.
6454
6455The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6456relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6457is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6458assembled.
6459
6460@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6461@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6462The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6463
6464@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6465@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6466All five fields are specified.
6467@end table
6468@end ifset
6469@c end have-stabs
6470
6471@node String
38a57ae7 6472@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6473"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6474
6475@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6476@cindex string8, copying to object file
6477@cindex string16, copying to object file
6478@cindex string32, copying to object file
6479@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6480@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6481@cindex @code{string8} directive
6482@cindex @code{string16} directive
6483@cindex @code{string32} directive
6484@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6485
6486Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6487one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6488particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6489You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6490
01642c12 6491The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6492the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6493copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6494are stored in target endianness byte order.
6495
6496Example:
6497@smallexample
6498 .string32 "BYE"
6499expands to:
6500 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6501 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6502@end smallexample
6503
6504
252b5132
RH
6505@node Struct
6506@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6507
6508@cindex @code{struct} directive
6509Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6510which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6511@smallexample
6512 .struct 0
6513field1:
6514 .struct field1 + 4
6515field2:
6516 .struct field2 + 4
6517field3:
6518@end smallexample
6519This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6520@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6521value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6522use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6523before further assembly.
6524
c91d2e08
NC
6525@ifset ELF
6526@node SubSection
6527@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6528
c1253627 6529@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6530@cindex Section Stack
6531This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6532@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6533@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6534(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6535
6536This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6537section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6538in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6539@end ifset
6540
252b5132
RH
6541@ifset ELF
6542@node Symver
6543@section @code{.symver}
6544@cindex @code{symver} directive
6545@cindex symbol versioning
6546@cindex versions of symbols
6547Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6548within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6549typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6550There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6551into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6552shared library.
6553
79082ff0 6554For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6555@smallexample
6556.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6557@end smallexample
339681c0 6558If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6559being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6560alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6561just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6562permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6563of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6564itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6565have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6566file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6567function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6568the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6569building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6570symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6571nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6572
6573If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6574references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6575reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6576symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6577
6578Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6579@smallexample
6580.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6581@end smallexample
6582In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6583the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6584difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6585references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6586
6587The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6588@smallexample
6589.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6590@end smallexample
6591When @var{name} is not defined within the
6592file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6593@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6594name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6595@end ifset
6596
6597@ifset COFF
6598@node Tag
6599@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6600
6601@cindex COFF structure debugging
6602@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6603@cindex @code{tag} directive
6604This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6605information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6606@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6607definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6608@ifset BOUT
6609
6610@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6611@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6612ignores it.
6613@end ifset
6614@end ifset
6615
6616@node Text
6617@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6618
6619@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6620Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6621the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6622expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6623is used.
6624
6625@node Title
6626@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6627
6628@cindex @code{title} directive
6629@cindex listing control: title line
6630Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6631source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6632
6633This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6634it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6635
c1253627 6636@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6637@node Type
c1253627
NC
6638@section @code{.type}
6639
6640This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6641
6642@ifset COFF
6643@ifset ELF
6644@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6645@subheading COFF Version
6646@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6647
6648@cindex COFF symbol type
6649@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6650@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6651For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6652@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6653
6654@smallexample
6655.type @var{int}
6656@end smallexample
6657
6658This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6659entry.
252b5132 6660
c91d2e08 6661@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6662@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6663@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6664directive but ignores it.
6665@end ifset
c1253627 6666@end ifset
c91d2e08 6667
c1253627
NC
6668@ifset ELF
6669@ifset COFF
6670@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6671@subheading ELF Version
6672@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6673
6674@cindex ELF symbol type
6675@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6676@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6677For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6678
6679@smallexample
6680.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6681@end smallexample
6682
6683This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6684function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6685supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6686compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6687
6688Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6689@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6690below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6691the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6692maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6693assemblers.
6694
6695The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6696
6697@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6698 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6699 .type <name>,#<type>
6700 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6701 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6702 .type <name>,"<type>"
6703@end smallexample
6704
6705The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6706
5671778d
NC
6707@table @gcctabopt
6708@item STT_FUNC
6709@itemx function
6710Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6711
d8045f23
NC
6712@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6713@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6714Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6715processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6716
5671778d
NC
6717@item STT_OBJECT
6718@itemx object
6719Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6720
6721@item STT_TLS
6722@itemx tls_object
6723Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6724
6725@item STT_COMMON
6726@itemx common
6727Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6728
6729@item STT_NOTYPE
6730@itemx notype
6731Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6732
3e7a7d11
NC
6733@item gnu_unique_object
6734Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6735will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6736name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6737systems).
3e7a7d11 6738
5671778d
NC
6739@end table
6740
6741Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6742
c1253627
NC
6743@end ifset
6744@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6745
6746@node Uleb128
6747@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6748
6749@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6750@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6751compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6752symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6753
6754@ifset COFF
6755@node Val
6756@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6757
6758@cindex @code{val} directive
6759@cindex COFF value attribute
6760@cindex value attribute, COFF
6761This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6762records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6763entry.
6764@ifset BOUT
6765
a4fb0134 6766@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6767configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6768@end ifset
6769@end ifset
6770
2e13b764 6771@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6772@node Version
6773@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6774
c1253627 6775@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6776This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6777formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6778@end ifset
2e13b764 6779
c91d2e08
NC
6780@ifset ELF
6781@node VTableEntry
6782@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6783
653cfe85 6784@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6785This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6786@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6787
c91d2e08
NC
6788@node VTableInherit
6789@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6790
653cfe85 6791@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6792This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6793@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6794parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6795parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6796@end ifset
2e13b764 6797
d190d046
HPN
6798@node Warning
6799@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6800@cindex warning directive
6801Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6802(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6803
c91d2e08
NC
6804@node Weak
6805@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6806
c1253627 6807@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6808This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6809@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6810
01642c12 6811On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6812directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6813@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6814
977cdf5a 6815On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6816When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6817alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6818
06e77878
AO
6819@node Weakref
6820@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6821
6822@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6823This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6824be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6825If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6826will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6827symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6828
6829The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6830assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6831symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6832resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6833had the references to the alias removed.
6834
6835The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6836within the assembler.
6837
252b5132
RH
6838@node Word
6839@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6840
6841@cindex @code{word} directive
6842This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6843separated by commas.
6844@ifclear GENERIC
6845@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6846For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6847@end ifset
6848@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6849For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6850@end ifset
6851@end ifclear
6852@ifset GENERIC
6853
6854The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6855depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6856@end ifset
6857
6858@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6859@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6860@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6861@cindex difference tables altered
6862@cindex altered difference tables
6863@quotation
6864@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6865@end quotation
6866
6867@ifset GENERIC
6868Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6869addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6870interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6871@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6872
6873@end ifset
6874In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6875@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6876Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6877compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6878directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6879@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6880creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6881This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6882first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6883of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6884table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6885contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6886@code{sym2}.
6887
6888If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6889secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6890@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6891long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6892and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6893minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6894entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6895
6896@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6897@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6898@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6899assembly language programmers.
6900@end ifset
6901@end ifset
6902@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6903
6904@node Deprecated
6905@section Deprecated Directives
6906
6907@cindex deprecated directives
6908@cindex obsolescent directives
6909One day these directives won't work.
6910They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6911@table @t
6912@item .abort
6913@item .line
6914@end table
6915
3a99f02f
DJ
6916@ifset ELF
6917@node Object Attributes
6918@chapter Object Attributes
6919@cindex object attributes
6920
6921@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6922into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6923Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6924point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6925requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6926passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6927hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6928generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6929newer generation at run-time.
6930
6931This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6932@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6933time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6934correctly.
6935
6936Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6937attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6938string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6939and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6940or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6941attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6942
6943Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6944The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6945
6946@menu
6947* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6948* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6949@end menu
6950
6951@node GNU Object Attributes
6952@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6953
6954The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6955with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6956
6957Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6958its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6959an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
69602} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6961architecture-dependent ones.
6962
6963@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6964
6965These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6966
6967@table @r
6968@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6969The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6970the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6971then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6972than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6973arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6974@end table
6975
6976@subsection MIPS Attributes
6977
6978@table @r
6979@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6980The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6981
6982@itemize @bullet
6983@item
69840 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6985@item
69861 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6987FPU.
6988@item
69892 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6990@item
69913 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6992@item
69934 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6994double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6995purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6996@end itemize
6997@end table
6998
6999@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7000
7001@table @r
7002@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7003The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7004
7005@itemize @bullet
7006@item
70070 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7008@item
3c7b9897 70091 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7010@item
70112 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7012@item
70133 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7014@end itemize
7015
7016@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7017The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7018
7019@itemize @bullet
7020@item
70210 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7022@item
70231 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7024@item
70252 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7026@item
70273 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7028@end itemize
7029@end table
7030
7031@node Defining New Object Attributes
7032@section Defining New Object Attributes
7033
7034If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7035will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7036mailing list.
7037
7038@itemize @bullet
7039@item
7040This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7041@item
7042The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7043@item
7044The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7045and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7046@item
7047Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7048@item
7049@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7050@item
7051GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7052@end itemize
7053
7054@end ifset
7055
252b5132
RH
7056@ifset GENERIC
7057@node Machine Dependencies
7058@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7059
7060@cindex machine dependencies
7061The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7062each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7063vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7064directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7065assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7066@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7067optimization.
7068
7069This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7070include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7071subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7072
7073@menu
a06ea964
NC
7074@ifset AARCH64
7075* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7076@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7077@ifset ALPHA
7078* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7079@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7080@ifset ARC
7081* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7082@end ifset
7083@ifset ARM
7084* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7085@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7086@ifset AVR
7087* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7088@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7089@ifset Blackfin
7090* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7091@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7092@ifset CR16
7093* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7094@end ifset
8bf549a8 7095@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7096* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7097@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7098@ifset D10V
7099* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7100@end ifset
7101@ifset D30V
7102* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7103@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7104@ifset EPIPHANY
7105* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7106@end ifset
252b5132 7107@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7108* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7109@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7110@ifset HPPA
7111* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7112@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7113@ifset I370
7114* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7115@end ifset
252b5132 7116@ifset I80386
55b62671 7117* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7118@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7119@ifset I860
7120* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7121@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7122@ifset I960
7123* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7124@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7125@ifset IA64
7126* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7127@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7128@ifset IP2K
7129* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7130@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7131@ifset LM32
7132* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7133@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7134@ifset M32C
7135* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7136@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7137@ifset M32R
7138* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7139@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7140@ifset M680X0
7141* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7142@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7143@ifset M68HC11
7144* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7145@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7146@ifset METAG
7147* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7148@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7149@ifset MICROBLAZE
7150* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7151@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7152@ifset MIPS
7153* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7154@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7155@ifset MMIX
7156* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7157@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7158@ifset MSP430
7159* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7160@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7161@ifset NDS32
7162* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7163@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7164@ifset NIOSII
7165* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7166@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7167@ifset NS32K
7168* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7169@end ifset
252b5132 7170@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7171* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7172* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7173@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7174@ifset PDP11
7175* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7176@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7177@ifset PJ
7178* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7179@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7180@ifset PPC
7181* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7182@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7183@ifset RL78
7184* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7185@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7186@ifset RX
7187* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7188@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7189@ifset S390
7190* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7191@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7192@ifset SCORE
7193* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7194@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7195@ifset SPARC
7196* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7197@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7198@ifset TIC54X
7199* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7200@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7201@ifset TIC6X
7202* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7203@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7204@ifset TILEGX
7205* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7206@end ifset
7207@ifset TILEPRO
7208* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7209@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7210@ifset V850
7211* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7212@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7213@ifset XGATE
7214* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7215@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7216@ifset XSTORMY16
7217* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7218@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7219@ifset XTENSA
7220* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7221@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7222@ifset Z80
7223* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7224@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7225@ifset Z8000
7226* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7227@end ifset
7228@ifset VAX
7229* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7230@end ifset
7231@end menu
7232
7233@lowersections
7234@end ifset
7235
7236@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7237@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7238@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7239@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7240@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7241@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7242@c in both conditional blocks.
7243
a06ea964
NC
7244@ifset AARCH64
7245@include c-aarch64.texi
7246@end ifset
7247
625e1353
RH
7248@ifset ALPHA
7249@include c-alpha.texi
7250@end ifset
7251
7252@ifset ARC
7253@include c-arc.texi
7254@end ifset
7255
252b5132
RH
7256@ifset ARM
7257@include c-arm.texi
7258@end ifset
7259
8473f7a4
DC
7260@ifset AVR
7261@include c-avr.texi
7262@end ifset
7263
3b4e1885 7264@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7265@include c-bfin.texi
7266@end ifset
7267
3d3d428f
NC
7268@ifset CR16
7269@include c-cr16.texi
7270@end ifset
7271
328eb32e
HPN
7272@ifset CRIS
7273@include c-cris.texi
7274@end ifset
7275
c2dcd04e 7276@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7277@ifclear GENERIC
7278@node Machine Dependencies
7279@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7280
c2dcd04e 7281The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7282and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7283chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7284family.
7285
7286@menu
c2dcd04e 7287* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7288* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7289@end menu
7290@lowersections
7291@end ifclear
7292@end ifset
7293
7294@ifset D10V
7295@include c-d10v.texi
7296@end ifset
7297
7298@ifset D30V
7299@include c-d30v.texi
7300@end ifset
7301
cfb8c092
NC
7302@ifset EPIPHANY
7303@include c-epiphany.texi
7304@end ifset
7305
252b5132
RH
7306@ifset H8/300
7307@include c-h8300.texi
7308@end ifset
7309
252b5132
RH
7310@ifset HPPA
7311@include c-hppa.texi
7312@end ifset
7313
5b93d8bb
AM
7314@ifset I370
7315@include c-i370.texi
7316@end ifset
7317
252b5132
RH
7318@ifset I80386
7319@include c-i386.texi
7320@end ifset
7321
e3308d0d
JE
7322@ifset I860
7323@include c-i860.texi
7324@end ifset
7325
252b5132
RH
7326@ifset I960
7327@include c-i960.texi
7328@end ifset
7329
9e32ca89
NC
7330@ifset IA64
7331@include c-ia64.texi
7332@end ifset
7333
a40cbfa3
NC
7334@ifset IP2K
7335@include c-ip2k.texi
7336@end ifset
7337
84e94c90
NC
7338@ifset LM32
7339@include c-lm32.texi
7340@end ifset
7341
49f58d10
JB
7342@ifset M32C
7343@include c-m32c.texi
7344@end ifset
7345
ec694b89
NC
7346@ifset M32R
7347@include c-m32r.texi
7348@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7349
7350@ifset M680X0
7351@include c-m68k.texi
7352@end ifset
7353
60bcf0fa
NC
7354@ifset M68HC11
7355@include c-m68hc11.texi
7356@end ifset
7357
a3c62988
NC
7358@ifset METAG
7359@include c-metag.texi
7360@end ifset
7361
01642c12 7362@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7363@include c-microblaze.texi
7364@end ifset
7365
252b5132
RH
7366@ifset MIPS
7367@include c-mips.texi
7368@end ifset
7369
3c3bdf30
NC
7370@ifset MMIX
7371@include c-mmix.texi
7372@end ifset
7373
2469cfa2
NC
7374@ifset MSP430
7375@include c-msp430.texi
7376@end ifset
7377
35c08157
KLC
7378@ifset NDS32
7379@include c-nds32.texi
7380@end ifset
7381
36591ba1
SL
7382@ifset NIOSII
7383@include c-nios2.texi
7384@end ifset
7385
252b5132
RH
7386@ifset NS32K
7387@include c-ns32k.texi
7388@end ifset
7389
e135f41b
NC
7390@ifset PDP11
7391@include c-pdp11.texi
7392@end ifset
7393
041dd5a9
ILT
7394@ifset PJ
7395@include c-pj.texi
7396@end ifset
7397
418c1742
MG
7398@ifset PPC
7399@include c-ppc.texi
7400@end ifset
7401
99c513f6
DD
7402@ifset RL78
7403@include c-rl78.texi
7404@end ifset
7405
046d31c2
NC
7406@ifset RX
7407@include c-rx.texi
7408@end ifset
7409
11c19e16
MS
7410@ifset S390
7411@include c-s390.texi
7412@end ifset
7413
c0157db4
NC
7414@ifset SCORE
7415@include c-score.texi
7416@end ifset
7417
252b5132
RH
7418@ifset SH
7419@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7420@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7421@end ifset
7422
7423@ifset SPARC
7424@include c-sparc.texi
7425@end ifset
7426
39bec121
TW
7427@ifset TIC54X
7428@include c-tic54x.texi
7429@end ifset
7430
40b36596
JM
7431@ifset TIC6X
7432@include c-tic6x.texi
7433@end ifset
7434
aa137e4d
NC
7435@ifset TILEGX
7436@include c-tilegx.texi
7437@end ifset
7438
7439@ifset TILEPRO
7440@include c-tilepro.texi
7441@end ifset
7442
3c9b82ba
NC
7443@ifset Z80
7444@include c-z80.texi
7445@end ifset
7446
252b5132
RH
7447@ifset Z8000
7448@include c-z8k.texi
7449@end ifset
7450
7451@ifset VAX
7452@include c-vax.texi
7453@end ifset
7454
7455@ifset V850
7456@include c-v850.texi
7457@end ifset
7458
f6c1a2d5
NC
7459@ifset XGATE
7460@include c-xgate.texi
7461@end ifset
7462
6753e72f
NC
7463@ifset XSTORMY16
7464@include c-xstormy16.texi
7465@end ifset
7466
e0001a05
NC
7467@ifset XTENSA
7468@include c-xtensa.texi
7469@end ifset
7470
252b5132
RH
7471@ifset GENERIC
7472@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7473@raisesections
7474@end ifset
7475
7476@node Reporting Bugs
7477@chapter Reporting Bugs
7478@cindex bugs in assembler
7479@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7480
a4fb0134 7481Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7482
7483Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7484not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7485entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7486Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7487
7488In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7489information that enables us to fix the bug.
7490
7491@menu
7492* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7493* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7494@end menu
7495
7496@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7497@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7498@cindex bug criteria
7499
7500If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7501
7502@itemize @bullet
7503@cindex fatal signal
7504@cindex assembler crash
7505@cindex crash of assembler
7506@item
7507If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7508@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7509
7510@cindex error on valid input
7511@item
a4fb0134 7512If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7513
7514@cindex invalid input
7515@item
a4fb0134 7516If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7517is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7518be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7519
7520@item
7521If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7522of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7523@end itemize
7524
7525@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7526@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7527@cindex bug reports
7528@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7529
7530A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7531you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7532contact that organization first.
7533
7534You can find contact information for many support companies and
7535individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7536distribution.
7537
ad22bfe8 7538@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7539In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7540to @value{BUGURL}.
7541@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7542
7543The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7544@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7545fact or leave it out, state it!
7546
7547Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7548and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7549name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7550not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7551happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7552perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7553the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7554give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7555and the most helpful.
7556
7557Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7558it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7559that the bug has not been reported previously.
7560
7561Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7562bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7563respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7564You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7565
7566To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7567
7568@itemize @bullet
7569@item
a4fb0134 7570The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7571it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7572
7573Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7574the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7575
7576@item
a4fb0134 7577Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7578
7579@item
7580The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7581version number.
7582
7583@item
a4fb0134 7584What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7585``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7586
7587@item
7588The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7589observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7590all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7591
7592If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7593and then we might not encounter the bug.
7594
7595@item
7596A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7597the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7598high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7599when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7600the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7601file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7602@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7603
7604@item
7605A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7606incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7607
a4fb0134 7608Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7609will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7610notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7611make a mistake.
7612
7613Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7614explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7615@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7616library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7617would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7618would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7619expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7620observations.
7621
7622@item
a4fb0134 7623If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7624diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7625option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7626discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7627by line number.
7628
7629The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7630sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7631@end itemize
7632
7633Here are some things that are not necessary:
7634
7635@itemize @bullet
7636@item
7637A description of the envelope of the bug.
7638
7639Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7640which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7641changes will not affect it.
7642
7643This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7644will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7645with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7646We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7647
7648Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7649of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7650output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7651less time, and so on.
7652
7653However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7654report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7655
7656@item
7657A patch for the bug.
7658
7659A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7660the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7661a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7662to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7663
a4fb0134 7664Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7665construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7666the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7667one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7668
7669And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7670patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7671help us to understand.
7672
7673@item
7674A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7675
7676Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7677things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7678@end itemize
7679
7680@node Acknowledgements
7681@chapter Acknowledgements
7682
653cfe85 7683If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7684it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7685maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7686@c (October 2012),
7687the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7688
7689Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7690more details?}
7691
7692Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7693information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7694extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7695
7696K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7697many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7698up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7699testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7700including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7701and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7702support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7703port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7704file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7705assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7706
7707Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7708in format-specific I/O modules.
7709
7710The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7711has done much work with it since.
7712
7713The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7714
7715Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7716
7717The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7718University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7719
7720Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7721(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7722(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7723support a.out format.
7724
7be1c489
AM
7725Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7726tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7727Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7728use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7729targets.
7730
7731John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7732simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7733updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7734fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7735remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7736cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7737required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7738
7739Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
774068k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7741added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7742PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7743
653cfe85 7744Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7745
7746Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7747
7748Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7749along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7750formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7751the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7752
7753Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7754Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7755Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7756Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7757and some initial 64-bit support).
7758
c1253627 7759Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7760
252b5132
RH
7761Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7762support for openVMS/Alpha.
7763
39bec121
TW
7764Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7765flavors.
7766
e0001a05 7767David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7768Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7769
252b5132
RH
7770Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7771configuration enhancements.
7772
84e94c90
NC
7773Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7774
252b5132
RH
7775Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7776you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7777want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7778intentionally leaving anyone out.
7779
793c5807
NC
7780@node GNU Free Documentation License
7781@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7782@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7783
370b66a1
CD
7784@node AS Index
7785@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7786
7787@printindex cp
7788
252b5132
RH
7789@bye
7790@c Local Variables:
7791@c fill-column: 79
7792@c End:
This page took 1.254025 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.